US20180187198A1 - Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (pcsk9) gene-associated disorder - Google Patents

Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (pcsk9) gene-associated disorder Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20180187198A1
US20180187198A1 US15/895,023 US201815895023A US2018187198A1 US 20180187198 A1 US20180187198 A1 US 20180187198A1 US 201815895023 A US201815895023 A US 201815895023A US 2018187198 A1 US2018187198 A1 US 2018187198A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
nucleotides
subject
antisense strand
pcsk9
rnai agent
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US15/895,023
Other languages
English (en)
Inventor
Kevin Fitzgerald
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc
Original Assignee
Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc filed Critical Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority to US15/895,023 priority Critical patent/US20180187198A1/en
Assigned to ALNYLAM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. reassignment ALNYLAM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: FITZGERALD, KEVIN
Publication of US20180187198A1 publication Critical patent/US20180187198A1/en
Priority to US16/744,689 priority patent/US10851377B2/en
Priority to US16/929,470 priority patent/US20210163951A1/en
Priority to US17/709,539 priority patent/US20230104125A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
    • C12N15/1137—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing against enzymes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7088—Compounds having three or more nucleosides or nucleotides
    • A61K31/713—Double-stranded nucleic acids or oligonucleotides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7088—Compounds having three or more nucleosides or nucleotides
    • A61K31/7115—Nucleic acids or oligonucleotides having modified bases, i.e. other than adenine, guanine, cytosine, uracil or thymine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/3955—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against proteinaceous materials, e.g. enzymes, hormones, lymphokines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • A61K47/549—Sugars, nucleosides, nucleotides or nucleic acids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0019—Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/14—Type of nucleic acid interfering N.A.
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/31—Chemical structure of the backbone
    • C12N2310/315—Phosphorothioates
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/32—Chemical structure of the sugar
    • C12N2310/321—2'-O-R Modification

Definitions

  • PCSK9 Proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin 9
  • PCSK1-PCSK8 also called PC1/3, PC2, furin, PC4, PC5/6, PACE4, PC7, and S1P/SKI-1
  • PCSK1-PCSK8 also called PC1/3, PC2, furin, PC4, PC5/6, PACE4, PC7, and S1P/SKI-1
  • PCSK1-PCSK8 also called PC1/3, PC2, furin, PC4, PC5/6, PACE4, PC7, and S1P/SKI-1
  • PCSK1-PCSK8 also called PC1/3, PC2, furin, PC4, PC5/6, PACE4, PC7, and S1P/SKI-1
  • PCSK9 has been proposed to play a role in cholesterol metabolism.
  • PCSK9 mRNA expression is down-regulated by dietary cholesterol feeding in mice (Maxwell, K. N., (2003) J. Lipid Res. 44, 2109-2119), up-regulated by statins in HepG2 cells (Dubuc, G., (2004) Arterioscler. Thromb. Vasc. Biol. 24, 1454-1459), and up-regulated in sterol regulatory element binding protein (SREBP) transgenic mice (Horton, J. D., (2003) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 100, 12027-12032), similar to the cholesterol biosynthetic enzymes and the low-density lipoprotein receptor (LDLR).
  • LDLR low-density lipoprotein receptor
  • PCSK9 missense mutations have been found to be associated with a form of autosomal dominant hypercholesterolemia (Hchola3) (Abifadel, M., et al. (2003) Nat. Genet. 34, 154-156, Timms, K. M., (2004) Hum. Genet. 114, 349-353, Leren, T. P. (2004) Clin. Genet. 65, 419-422).
  • Hchola3 autosomal dominant hypercholesterolemia
  • PCSK9 may also play a role in determining LDL cholesterol levels in the general population, because single-nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) have been associated with cholesterol levels in a Japanese population (Shioji, K., (2004) J. Hum. Genet. 49, 109-114).
  • Autosomal dominant hypercholesterolemias are monogenic diseases in which patients exhibit elevated total and LDL cholesterol levels, tendon xanthomas, and premature atherosclerosis (Rader, D. J., (2003) J. Clin. Invest. 111, 1795-1803).
  • the pathogenesis of ADHs and a recessive form, autosomal recessive hypercholesterolemia (ARH) is due to defects in LDL uptake by the liver.
  • ADH may be caused by LDLR mutations, which prevent LDL uptake, or by mutations in the protein on LDL, apolipoprotein B, which binds to the LDLR.
  • ARH is caused by mutations in the ARH protein that are necessary for endocytosis of the LDLR-LDL complex via its interaction with clathrin. Therefore, if PCSK9 mutations are causative in Hchola3 families, it seems likely that PCSK9 plays a role in receptor-mediated LDL uptake.
  • PCSK9 overexpression results in a severe reduction in hepatic LDLR protein, without affecting LDLR mRNA levels, SREBP protein levels, or SREBP protein nuclear to cytoplasmic ratio.
  • PCSK9-associated diseases such as a hyperlipidemia, e.g., hypercholesterolemia.
  • RNAi agents targeting a human PCSK9 gene e.g., nucleotides 3544-3623 of a human PCSK9 gene (nucleotides 3544-3623 of SEQ ID NO:1), e.g., nucleotides 3601-3623 of SEQ ID NO:1, including a GalNAc ligand are shown herein to be exceptionally effective and durable in silencing the activity of a PCSK9 gene.
  • the present invention provides methods for inhibiting expression of a PCSK9 gene in a subject and methods for treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from inhibiting or reducing the expression of a PCSK9 gene, e.g., a disorder mediated by PCSK9 expression, such as a hyperlipidemia, e.g., hypercholesterolemia, using iRNA compositions which effect the RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC)-mediated cleavage of RNA transcripts of a PCSK9 gene.
  • RISC RNA-induced silencing complex
  • the methods of the present invention for inhibiting expression of a PCSK9 gene in a subject and methods for treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from inhibiting or reducing the expression of a PCSK9 gene, e.g., a disorder mediated by PCSK9 expression, such as a hyperlipidemia, e.g., hypercholesterolemia include administering to a subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the sense strand comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1 and the antisense strand comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from the nucleotide sequence of SEQ
  • the present invention provides methods of inhibiting the expression of a PCSK9 gene in a subject.
  • the methods include comprising administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, the antisense strand comprising a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from nucleotides 3544-3623 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, thereby inhibiting the expression of the PCSK9 gene in the subject.
  • RNAi double-stranded ribonucleic acid
  • the present invention provides methods of decreasing the level of low density lipoprotein (LDLc) in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, the antisense strand comprising a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from nucleotides 3544-3623 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, thereby decreasing the level of LDLc in the subject.
  • RNAi double-stranded ribonucleic acid
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, the antisense strand comprising a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from nucleotides 3544-3623 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1 thereby treating the subject having a disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression.
  • RNAi double-stranded ribonucleic acid
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having hyperlipidemia.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, the antisense strand comprising a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from nucleotides 3544-3623 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, thereby treating the subject having hypercholesterolemia.
  • RNAi double-stranded ribonucleic acid
  • the fixed dose may administered to the subject at an interval of once a week, once every two weeks, once a month, once a quarter, or biannually.
  • the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 50 mg once a week. In another embodiment, the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 50 mg to about 100 mg once every two weeks. In another embodiment, the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 100 mg to about 200 mg once a month. In yet another embodiment, the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 300 mg to about 800 mg once a quarter. In another embodiment, the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 300 mg to about 800 mg biannually.
  • the present invention also provides methods in which the RNAi agent is administered in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase and a maintenance phase.
  • the present invention provides methods of inhibiting the expression of a PCSK9 gene in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering affixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent to the subject, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent to the subject about once a month, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, the antisense strand comprising a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from nucleotides 3544-3623 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, thereby inhibiting the expression of the PCSK
  • the present invention provides methods of decreasing the level of low density lipoprotein (LDLc) in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a month, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, the antisense strand comprising a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from nucleotides 3544-3623 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, thereby decreasing the level of LDLc in the subject
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a month, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, the antisense strand comprising a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from nucleotides 3544-3623 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, thereby treating the subject having a disorder that would benefit
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having hyperlipidemia.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a month, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, the antisense strand comprising a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from nucleotides 3544-3623 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, thereby treating the subject having hyperlipidemia.
  • RNAi ribonucleic acid
  • the double stranded RNAi agent may be administered to the subject subcutaneously, e.g., by subcutaneous injection, or intramuscularly.
  • the antisense strand comprises a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of any one of the unmodified nucleotide sequences provided in Table 1.
  • the double-stranded RNAi agent targets nucleotides 3601-3623 of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • the agent targeting nucleotides 3601-3623 of SEQ ID NO:1 is AD-60212.
  • the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685).
  • the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 686).
  • the double-stranded ribonucleic acid RNAi agent comprises at least one modified nucleotide.
  • substantially of the nucleotides of the sense strand are modified nucleotides. In another embodiment, substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand are modified nucleotides. In yet another embodiment, substantially of the nucleotides of the sense strand and substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand are modified nucleotides.
  • all of the nucleotides of the sense strand are modified nucleotides. In another embodiment, all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand are modified nucleotides. In yet another embodiment, all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand are modified nucleotides.
  • the present invention provides methods of inhibiting the expression of a PCSK9 gene in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 686), wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand are modified nucleotides, thereby inhibiting expression of the PCSK9 gene in the subject.
  • RNAi double-stranded ribonucleic acid
  • the present invention provides methods of decreasing the level of low density lipoprotein (LDLc) in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 686), wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand are modified nucleotides, thereby decreasing the level of LDLc in the subject.
  • RNAi double-stranded ribonucleic
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression, comprising administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 686), wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand are modified nucleotides, thereby treating the subject having a disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression.
  • RNAi double-stranded rib
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having hyperlipidemia.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 686), wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand are modified nucleotides, thereby treating the subject having hyperlipidemia.
  • RNAi double-stranded ribonucleic acid
  • the present invention provides methods of inhibiting the expression of a PCSK9 gene in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 686), wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand are modified nucleotides, and administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-PCSK9 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof,
  • the present invention provides methods of decreasing the level of low density lipoprotein (LDLc) in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 686), wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand are modified nucleotides, and administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-PCSK9 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression, comprising administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′(SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 686), wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand are modified nucleotides, and administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-PCSK9 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having hyperlipidemia.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 686), wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand are modified nucleotides, and administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-PCSK9 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, thereby treating the subject having hyper
  • the fixed dose may administered to the subject at an interval of once a week, once every two weeks, once a month, once a quarter, or biannually.
  • the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 50 mg once a week. In another embodiment, the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 50 mg to about 100 mg once every two weeks. In another embodiment, the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 100 mg to about 200 mg once a month. In yet another embodiment, the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 300 mg to about 800 mg once a quarter. In another embodiment, the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 300 mg to about 800 mg biannually.
  • the present invention provide methods of inhibiting the expression of a PCSK9 gene in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering affixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent to the subject, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a quarter, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 686),
  • the present invention provides methods of decreasing the level of low density lipoprotein (LDLc) in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering affixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent to the subject, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a quarter, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO:
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering affixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent to the subject, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a quarter, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO:
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having hyperlipidemia.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering affixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent to the subject, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a quarter, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 686), wherein substantially all of the RNA
  • the present invention provide methods of inhibiting the expression of a PCSK9 gene in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering affixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent to the subject, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a quarter, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 686),
  • the present invention provides methods of decreasing the level of low density lipoprotein (LDLc) in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering affixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent to the subject, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a quarter, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO:
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering affixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent to the subject, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a quarter, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO:
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having hyperlipidemia.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering affixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent to the subject, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a quarter, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 686), wherein substantially all of the RNA
  • the subject is a human.
  • the disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression is hyperlipidemia, such as hypercholesterolemia.
  • the hyperlipidemia is hypercholesterolemia.
  • the double stranded RNAi agent may be administered to the subject subcutaneously, e.g., by subcutaneous injection, or intramuscularly.
  • the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-csusagacCfuGfudTuugcuuuuugu-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 687) and the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-asCfsaAfAfAfgCfaAfaAfcAfgGfuCfuagsasa-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 688) (AD-60212), wherein a, g, c and u are 2′-O-methyl (2′-OMe) A, G, C, or U; Af, Gf, Cf or Uf are 2′-fluoro A, G, C or U; dT is 2′-deoxythymidine; and s is a phosphorothioate linkage.
  • the double-stranded ribonucleic acid RNAi agent further comprises a ligand.
  • the ligand is conjugated to the 3′ end of the sense strand of the double-stranded ribonucleic acid RNAi agent.
  • the ligand is an N-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc) derivative.
  • the ligand is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N
  • the double-stranded ribonucleic acid RNAi agent is conjugated to the ligand as shown in the following schematic
  • X is O or S. In one embodiment, the X is O.
  • PCSK9 expression is inhibited by at least about 30%.
  • the methods of the invention further comprise determining an LDLR genotype or phenotype of the subject.
  • administering the double-stranded RNAi agent results in a decrease in serum cholesterol in the subject and/or a decrease in PCSK9 protein accumulation.
  • the methods of the invention further comprise determining the serum cholesterol level in the subject.
  • the methods of the invention further comprise comprising administering an additional therapeutic agent to the subject, e.g., a statin and/or an anti-PCSK9 antibody.
  • the anti-PCSK9 antibody is selected from the group consisting of alirocumab (Praluent), evolocumab (Repatha), and bococizumab.
  • the RNAi agent is administered as a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the RNAi agent may be administered in an unbuffered solution, such as saline or water, or administered with a buffer solution.
  • the buffer solution comprises acetate, citrate, prolamine, carbonate, or phosphate or any combination thereof.
  • the buffer solution is phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
  • the present invention provides methods of inhibiting the expression of a PCSK9 gene in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a single fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-csusagacCfuGfudTuugcuuuuugu-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 687) and the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-asCfsaAfAfAfgCfaAfaAfcAfgGfuCfuagsa-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 688) (AD-60212), wherein a, g, c and u are 2′-O-methyl (2′-OMe) A, G
  • the present invention provides methods of decreasing the level of low density lipoprotein (LDLc) in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-csusagacCfuGfudTuugcuuuugu-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 687) and the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-asCfsaAfAfAfgCfaAfaAfcAfgGfuCfuagsa-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 688) (AD-60212), wherein a, g, c and u are 2′-O-methyl (2′-OMe)
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-csusagacCfuGfudTuugcuuuugu-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 687) and the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-asCfsaAfAfAfgCfaAfaAfcAfgGfuCfuagsa-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 688) (AD-60212), wherein a, g, c and u are 2′-O-methyl (2′-OMe)
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having hyperlipidemia.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-csusagacCfuGfudTuugcuuuuugu-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 687) and the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-asCfsaAfAfAfgCfaAfaAfcAfgGfuCfuagsa-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 688) (AD-60212), wherein a, g, c and u are 2′-O-methyl (2′-OMe) A, G, C, or U;
  • A
  • the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 200 mg to about 800 mg once a quarter. In another embodiment, the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 200 mg to about 800 mg biannually.
  • the present invention provides methods of inhibiting the expression of a PCSK9 gene in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering a fixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent to the subject, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 800 mg of the RNAi agent once a quarter, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-csusagacCfuGfudTuugcuuuugu-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 687) and the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-asCfsaAfAfAf
  • the present invention provides methods of decreasing the level of low density lipoprotein (LDLc) in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering a fixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent to the subject, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a quarter, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-csusagacCfuGfudTuugcuuuugu-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 687) and the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-asCfsaAfA
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering a fixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent to the subject, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a quarter, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-csusagacCfuGfudTuugcuuuugu-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 687) and the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-asCfsaAf
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having hyperlipidemia.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering a fixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent to the subject, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a quarter, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-csusagacCfuGfudTuugcuuuugu-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 687) and the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence of 5′-asCfsaAfAfAfgCfaAfa
  • the subject is administered the maintenance does as a fixed dose of about 200 mg to about 800 mg once a quarter. In another embodiment, the subject is administered the maintenance does as a fixed dose of about 200 mg to about 800 mg biannually.
  • the double-stranded ribonucleic acid RNAi agent further comprises a ligand.
  • the ligand is conjugated to the 3′ end of the sense strand of the double-stranded ribonucleic acid RNAi agent.
  • the ligand is an N-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc) derivative.
  • the ligand is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N
  • the double-stranded ribonucleic acid RNAi agent is conjugated to the ligand as shown in the following schematic
  • X is O or S. In one embodiment, the X is O.
  • the anti-PCSK9 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof is selected from the group consisting of alirocumab (Praluent), evolocumab (Repatha), and bococizumab.
  • the methods further include administering an additional therapeutic agent, e.g., a statin, to the subject.
  • an additional therapeutic agent e.g., a statin
  • kits for performing the method of the invention include the RNAi agent, and instructions for use, and optionally, means for administering the RNAi agent to the subject.
  • FIG. 1 is a graph showing the knockdown of PCSK9 protein levels, shown as a percent mean PCSK9 knockdown relative to baseline, in subjects receiving a single fixed dose of AD-60212.
  • FIG. 2 is a graph showing the lowering of LDL-c levels, shown as a percent mean LCL-C lowering relative to baseline, in subjects receiving a single fixed dose of AD-60212.
  • FIG. 3 is a graph showing the knockdown of PCSK9 protein levels, shown as a percent mean PCSK9 knockdown relative to baseline, in subjects receiving multiple fixed doses of AD-60212.
  • FIG. 4 is a graph showing the lowering of LDL-c levels, shown as a percent mean LCL-C lowering relative to baseline, in subjects receiving multiple fixed doses of AD-60212.
  • RNAi agents targeting a human PCSK9 gene e.g., nucleotides 3544-3623 of a human PCSK9 gene (nucleotides 3544-3623 of SEQ ID NO:1), e.g., nucleotides 3601-3623 of SEQ ID NO:1, including a GalNAc ligand are shown herein to be exceptionally effective and durable in silencing the activity of a PCSK9 gene.
  • the present invention provides methods for inhibiting expression of a PCSK9 gene and methods for treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from inhibiting or reducing the expression of a PCSK9 gene, e.g., a disorder mediated by PCSK9 expression, such as a hyperlipidemia, e.g., hypercholesterolemia, using iRNA compositions which effect the RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC)-mediated cleavage of RNA transcripts of a PCSK9 gene.
  • RISC RNA-induced silencing complex
  • compositions containing iRNAs to inhibit the expression of a PCSK9 gene as well as compositions, uses, and methods for treating subjects having diseases and disorders that would benefit from inhibition and/or reduction of the expression of this gene.
  • an element means one element or more than one element, e.g., a plurality of elements.
  • sense strand or antisense strand is understood as “sense strand or antisense strand or sense strand and antisense strand.”
  • the term “at least” prior to a number or series of numbers is understood to include the number adjacent to the term “at least”, and all subsequent numbers or integers that could logically be included, as clear from context.
  • the number of nucleotides in a nucleic acid molecule must be an integer.
  • “at least 18 nucleotides of a 21 nucleotide nucleic acid molecule” means that 18, 19, 20, or 21 nucleotides have the indicated property.
  • nucleotide overhang As used herein, “no more than” or “less than” is understood as the value adjacent to the phrase and logical lower values or integers, as logical from context, to zero. For example, a duplex with an overhang of “no more than 2 nucleotides” has a 2, 1, or 0 nucleotide overhang. When “no more than” is present before a series of numbers or a range, it is understood that “no more than” can modify each of the numbers in the series or range.
  • PCSK9 refers to the proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin 9 gene or protein. PCSK9 is also known as FH3, HCHOLA3, NARC-1, or NARC1.
  • the term PCSK9 includes human PCSK9, the amino acid and nucleotide sequence of which may be found in, for example, GenBank Accession No. GI:299523249 (SEQ ID NO:1); mouse PCSK9, the amino acid and nucleotide sequence of which may be found in, for example, GenBank Accession No. GI:163644257; rat PCSK9, the amino acid and nucleotide sequence of which may be found in, for example, GenBank Accession No. GI:77020249.
  • PCSK9 mRNA sequences are readily available using publicly available databases, e.g., GenBank, UniProt, and OMIM.
  • the subject is a human, such as a human being treated or assessed for a disease, disorder or condition that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression; a human at risk for a disease, disorder or condition that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression; a human having a disease, disorder or condition that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression; and/or human being treated for a disease, disorder or condition that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression as described herein.
  • treating refers to a beneficial or desired result including, but not limited to, alleviation or amelioration of one or more symptoms associated with a disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression, or slowing or reversing the progression of such a disorder, whether detectable or undetectable.
  • treatment may include a decrease in serum lipid levels, e.g., a decrease in low density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDLc).
  • LDLc low density lipoprotein cholesterol
  • prevention when used in reference to a disease, disorder or condition thereof, that would benefit from a reduction in expression of a PCSK9 gene, refers to a reduction in the likelihood that a subject will develop a symptom associated with a disease, disorder, or condition mediated by PCSK9 expression, e.g., a symptom such as cardiovascular disease, e.g., coronary artery disease (CAD) (also known as coronary heart disease (CHD)), or transient ischemic attack (TIA) or stroke.
  • CAD coronary artery disease
  • CHD coronary heart disease
  • TIA transient ischemic attack
  • the likelihood of developing a such a symptom is reduced, for example, when an individual having one or more risk factors (e.g., diabetes, previous personal history of CHD or noncoronary atherosclerosis (e.g., abdominal aortic aneurysm, peripheral artery disease, and carotid artery stenosis), family history of cardiovascular disease, e.g., in male relatives younger than 50 years or in female relatives younger than age 60 years, tobacco use, hypertension, and/or obesity (BMI ⁇ 30)) for a disease, disorder, or condition mediated by PCSK9 expression, e.g., hypercholesterolemia, either fails to develop, for example, coronary artery disease, or develops, e.g., coronary artery disease, with less severity relative to a population having the same risk factors and not receiving treatment as described herein.
  • risk factors e.g., diabetes, previous personal history of CHD or noncoronary atherosclerosis (e.g., abdominal aortic aneurys
  • the failure to develop a disease, disorder or condition, or the reduction in the development of a symptom associated with such a disease, disorder or condition (e.g., by at least about 10% on a clinically accepted scale for that disease or disorder), or the exhibition of delayed symptoms delayed (e.g., by days, weeks, months or years) is considered effective prevention.
  • Prevention can require administration of more than one dose.
  • PCSK9-associated disease and “disorder that would benefit from a reduction in PCSK9 expression,” as used herein, are intended to include any disease, disorder, or condition associated with the PCSK9 gene or protein. Such a disease may be caused, for example, by excess production of the PCSK9 protein, by PCSK9 gene mutations, by abnormal cleavage of the PCSK9 protein, by abnormal interactions between PCSK9 and other proteins or other endogenous or exogenous substances.
  • Exemplary PCSK9-associated diseases include lipidemias, e.g., a hyperlipidemia, and other forms of lipid imbalance such as hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia and the pathological conditions associated with these disorders, e.g., CHD and atherosclerosis.
  • hypercholesterolemia refers to a form of hyperlipidemia (elevated levels of lipids in the blood) in which there are high levels of cholesterol in the serum of a subject, e.g., at least about 240 mg/dL of total cholesterol.
  • cardiovascular disease refers to a disease affecting the heart or blood vessels, which includes, for example, arteriosclerosis, coronary artery disease (or narrowing of the arteries), heart valve disease, arrhythmia, heart failure, hypertension, orthostatic hypotension, shock, endocarditis, diseases of the aorta and its branches, disorders of the peripheral vascular system, heart attack, cardiomyopathy, and congenital heart disease.
  • “Therapeutically effective amount,” as used herein, is intended to include the amount of an RNAi agent that, when administered to a patient for treating a PCSK9 associated disease, is sufficient to effect treatment of the disease (e.g., by diminishing, ameliorating or maintaining the existing disease or one or more symptoms of disease).
  • the “therapeutically effective amount” may vary depending on the RNAi agent, how the agent is administered, the disease and its severity and the history, age, weight, family history, genetic makeup, stage of pathological processes mediated by PCSK9 expression, the types of preceding or concomitant treatments, if any, and other individual characteristics of the patient to be treated.
  • “Prophylactically effective amount,” as used herein, is intended to include the amount of an RNAi agent that, when administered to a subject who does not yet experience or display symptoms of a PCSK9-associated disease, but who may be predisposed to the disease, is sufficient to prevent or ameliorate the disease or one or more symptoms of the disease. Ameliorating the disease includes slowing the course of the disease or reducing the severity of later-developing disease.
  • the “prophylactically effective amount” may vary depending on the RNAi agent, how the agent is administered, the degree of risk of disease, and the history, age, weight, family history, genetic makeup, the types of preceding or concomitant treatments, if any, and other individual characteristics of the patient to be treated.
  • a “therapeutically-effective amount” or “prophylactically effective amount” also includes an amount of an RNAi agent that produces some desired local or systemic effect at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any treatment.
  • RNAi gents employed in the methods of the present invention may be administered in a sufficient amount to produce a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to such treatment.
  • target sequence refers to a contiguous portion of the nucleotide sequence of an mRNA molecule formed during the transcription of a PCSK9 gene, including mRNA that is a product of RNA processing of a primary transcription product.
  • the target portion of the sequence will be at least long enough to serve as a substrate for iRNA-directed cleavage at or near that portion of the nucleotide sequence of an mRNA molecule formed during the transcription of a PCSK9 gene.
  • the target sequence may be from about 9-36 nucleotides in length, e.g., about 15-30 nucleotides in length.
  • the target sequence can be from about 15-30 nucleotides, 15-29, 15-28, 15-27, 15-26, 15-25, 15-24, 15-23, 15-22, 15-21, 15-20, 15-19, 15-18, 15-17, 18-30, 18-29, 18-28, 18-27, 18-26, 18-25, 18-24, 18-23, 18-22, 18-21, 18-20, 19-30, 19-29, 19-28, 19-27, 19-26, 19-25, 19-24, 19-23, 19-22, 19-21, 19-20, 20-30, 20-29, 20-28, 20-27, 20-26, 20-25, 20-24, 20-23, 20-22, 20-21, 21-30, 21-29, 21-28, 21-27, 21-26, 21-25, 21-24, 21-23, or 21-22 nucleotides in length.
  • the target sequence is about 19 to about 30 nucleotides in length. In other embodiments, the target sequence is about 19 to about 25 nucleotides in length. In still other embodiments, the target sequence is about 19 to about 23 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target sequence is about 21 to about 23 nucleotides in length. Ranges and lengths intermediate to the above recited ranges and lengths are also contemplated to be part of the invention.
  • strand comprising a sequence refers to an oligonucleotide comprising a chain of nucleotides that is described by the sequence referred to using the standard nucleotide nomenclature.
  • G,” “C,” “A,” “T” and “U” each generally stand for a nucleotide that contains guanine, cytosine, adenine, thymidine and uracil as a base, respectively.
  • ribonucleotide or “nucleotide” can also refer to a modified nucleotide, as further detailed below, or a surrogate replacement moiety (see, e.g., Table B).
  • nucleotide comprising inosine as its base can base pair with nucleotides containing adenine, cytosine, or uracil.
  • nucleotides containing uracil, guanine, or adenine can be replaced in the nucleotide sequences of dsRNA featured in the invention by a nucleotide containing, for example, inosine.
  • adenine and cytosine anywhere in the oligonucleotide can be replaced with guanine and uracil, respectively to form G-U Wobble base pairing with the target mRNA. Sequences containing such replacement moieties are suitable for the compositions and methods featured in the invention.
  • RNAi agent refers to an agent that contains RNA as that term is defined herein, and which mediates the targeted cleavage of an RNA transcript via an RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC) pathway.
  • RISC RNA-induced silencing complex
  • iRNA directs the sequence-specific degradation of mRNA through a process known as RNA interference (RNAi).
  • RNAi RNA interference
  • the iRNA modulates, e.g., inhibits, the expression of PCSK9 in a cell, e.g., a cell within a subject, such as a mammalian subject.
  • an RNAi agent of the invention includes a single stranded RNA that interacts with a target RNA sequence, e.g., a PCSK9 target mRNA sequence, to direct the cleavage of the target RNA.
  • a target RNA sequence e.g., a PCSK9 target mRNA sequence
  • Dicer Type III endonuclease
  • Dicer a ribonuclease-Ill-like enzyme, processes the dsRNA into 19-23 base pair short interfering RNAs with characteristic two base 3′ overhangs (Bernstein, et al., (2001) Nature 409:363).
  • the siRNAs are then incorporated into an RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC) where one or more helicases unwind the siRNA duplex, enabling the complementary antisense strand to guide target recognition (Nykanen, et al., (2001) Cell 107:309).
  • RISC RNA-induced silencing complex
  • the invention Upon binding to the appropriate target mRNA, one or more endonucleases within the RISC cleave the target to induce silencing (Elbashir, et al., (2001) Genes Dev. 15:188).
  • siRNA single stranded RNA
  • the term “siRNA” is also used herein to refer to an RNAi as described above.
  • the RNAi agent may be a single-stranded siRNA that is introduced into a cell or organism to inhibit a target mRNA.
  • Single-stranded RNAi agents bind to the RISC endonuclease, Argonaute 2, which then cleaves the target mRNA.
  • the single-stranded siRNAs are generally 15-30 nucleotides and are chemically modified. The design and testing of single-stranded siRNAs are described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,101,348 and in Lima et al., (2012) Cell 150: 883-894, the entire contents of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Any of the antisense nucleotide sequences described herein may be used as a single-stranded siRNA as described herein or as chemically modified by the methods described in Lima et al., (2012) Cell 150:883-894.
  • an “iRNA” for use in the compositions, uses, and methods of the invention is a double-stranded RNA and is referred to herein as a “double stranded RNAi agent,” “double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) molecule,” “dsRNA agent,” or “dsRNA”.
  • dsRNA refers to a complex of ribonucleic acid molecules, having a duplex structure comprising two anti-parallel and substantially complementary nucleic acid strands, referred to as having “sense” and “antisense” orientations with respect to a target RNA, i.e., a PCSK9 gene.
  • a double-stranded RNA triggers the degradation of a target RNA, e.g., an mRNA, through a post-transcriptional gene-silencing mechanism referred to herein as RNA interference or RNAi.
  • each or both strands can also include one or more non-ribonucleotides, e.g., a deoxyribonucleotide and/or a modified nucleotide.
  • an “RNAi agent” may include ribonucleotides with chemical modifications; an RNAi agent may include substantial modifications at multiple nucleotides. Such modifications may include all types of modifications disclosed herein or known in the art. Any such modifications, as used in a siRNA type molecule, are encompassed by “RNAi agent” for the purposes of this specification and claims.
  • the duplex region may be of any length that permits specific degradation of a desired target RNA through a RISC pathway, and may range from about 9 to 36 base pairs in length, e.g., about 15-30 base pairs in length, for example, about 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, or 36 base pairs in length, such as about 15-30, 15-29, 15-28, 15-27, 15-26, 15-25, 15-24, 15-23, 15-22, 15-21, 15-20, 15-19, 15-18, 15-17, 18-30, 18-29, 18-28, 18-27, 18-26, 18-25, 18-24, 18-23, 18-22, 18-21, 18-20, 19-30, 19-29, 19-28, 19-27, 19-26, 19-25, 19-24, 19-23, 19-22, 19-21, 19-20, 20-30, 20-29, 20-28, 20-27, 20-26, 20-25, 20-24, 20-23, 20-22,
  • the two strands forming the duplex structure may be different portions of one larger RNA molecule, or they may be separate RNA molecules. Where the two strands are part of one larger molecule, and therefore are connected by an uninterrupted chain of nucleotides between the 3′-end of one strand and the 5′-end of the respective other strand forming the duplex structure, the connecting RNA chain is referred to as a “hairpin loop.”
  • a hairpin loop can comprise at least one unpaired nucleotide. In some embodiments, the hairpin loop can comprise at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7, at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, at least 20, at least 23 or more unpaired nucleotides.
  • the hairpin loop can be 10 or fewer nucleotides. In some embodiments, the hairpin loop can be 8 or fewer unpaired nucleotides. In some embodiments, the hairpin loop can be 4-10 unpaired nucleotides. In some embodiments, the hairpin loop can be 4-8 nucleotides.
  • RNA molecules where the two substantially complementary strands of a dsRNA are comprised by separate RNA molecules, those molecules need not, but can be covalently connected.
  • the two strands are connected covalently by means other than an uninterrupted chain of nucleotides between the 3′-end of one strand and the 5′-end of the respective other strand forming the duplex structure, the connecting structure is referred to as a “linker.”
  • the RNA strands may have the same or a different number of nucleotides. The maximum number of base pairs is the number of nucleotides in the shortest strand of the dsRNA minus any overhangs that are present in the duplex.
  • an RNAi may comprise one or more nucleotide overhangs.
  • at least one strand comprises a 3′ overhang of at least 1 nucleotide.
  • at least one strand comprises a 3′ overhang of at least 2 nucleotides, e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 nucleotides.
  • at least one strand of the RNAi agent comprises a 5′ overhang of at least 1 nucleotide.
  • At least one strand comprises a 5′ overhang of at least 2 nucleotides, e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 nucleotides.
  • both the 3′ and the 5′ end of one strand of the RNAi agent comprise an overhang of at least 1 nucleotide.
  • an RNAi agent of the invention is a dsRNA agent, each strand of which comprises 19-23 nucleotides that interacts with a target RNA sequence, i.e., a PCSK9 target mRNA sequence.
  • a target RNA sequence i.e., a PCSK9 target mRNA sequence.
  • long double stranded RNA introduced into cells is broken down into siRNA by a Type III endonuclease known as Dicer (Sharp et al. (2001) Genes Dev. 15:485).
  • Dicer a ribonuclease-III-like enzyme, processes the dsRNA into 19-23 base pair short interfering RNAs with characteristic two base 3′ overhangs (Bernstein, et al., (2001) Nature 409:363).
  • the siRNAs are then incorporated into an RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC) where one or more helicases unwind the siRNA duplex, enabling the complementary antisense strand to guide target recognition (Nykanen, et al., (2001) Cell 107:309).
  • RISC RNA-induced silencing complex
  • one or more endonucleases within the RISC cleave the target to induce silencing (Elbashir, et al., (2001) Genes Dev. 15:188).
  • an RNAi agent of the invention is a dsRNA of 24-30 nucleotides that interacts with a target RNA sequence, e.g., a PCSK9 target mRNA sequence, to direct the cleavage of the target RNA.
  • a target RNA sequence e.g., a PCSK9 target mRNA sequence
  • long double stranded RNA introduced into cells is broken down into siRNA by a Type III endonuclease known as Dicer (Sharp et al. (2001) Genes Dev. 15:485).
  • Dicer a ribonuclease-III-like enzyme, processes the dsRNA into 19-23 base pair short interfering RNAs with characteristic two base 3′ overhangs (Bernstein, et al., (2001) Nature 409:363).
  • the siRNAs are then incorporated into an RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC) where one or more helicases unwind the siRNA duplex, enabling the complementary antisense strand to guide target recognition (Nykanen, et al., (2001) Cell 107:309).
  • RISC RNA-induced silencing complex
  • one or more endonucleases within the RISC cleave the target to induce silencing (Elbashir, et al., (2001) Genes Dev. 15:188).
  • nucleotide overhang refers to at least one unpaired nucleotide that protrudes from the duplex structure of an iRNA, e.g., a dsRNA.
  • a dsRNA can comprise an overhang of at least one nucleotide; alternatively the overhang can comprise at least two nucleotides, at least three nucleotides, at least four nucleotides, at least five nucleotides or more.
  • a nucleotide overhang can comprise or consist of a nucleotide/nucleoside analog, including a deoxynucleotide/nucleoside.
  • the overhang(s) can be on the sense strand, the antisense strand or any combination thereof.
  • the nucleotide(s) of an overhang can be present on the 5′-end, 3′-end or both ends of either an antisense or sense strand of a dsRNA.
  • At least one strand comprises a 3′ overhang of at least 1 nucleotide. In another embodiment, at least one strand comprises a 3′ overhang of at least 2 nucleotides, e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 nucleotides. In other embodiments, at least one strand of the RNAi agent comprises a 5′ overhang of at least 1 nucleotide. In certain embodiments, at least one strand comprises a 5′ overhang of at least 2 nucleotides, e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 nucleotides.
  • both the 3′ and the 5′ end of one strand of the RNAi agent comprise an overhang of at least 1 nucleotide.
  • the antisense strand of a dsRNA has a 1-10 nucleotide, e.g., 0-3, 1-3, 2-4, 2-5, 4-10, 5-10, e.g., a 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 nucleotide, overhang at the 3′-end and/or the 5′-end.
  • the sense strand of a dsRNA has a 1-10 nucleotide, e.g., a 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 nucleotide, overhang at the 3′-end and/or the 5′-end.
  • one or more of the nucleotides in the overhang is replaced with a nucleoside thiophosphate.
  • the overhang on the sense strand or the antisense strand, or both can include extended lengths longer than 10 nucleotides, e.g., 1-30 nucleotides, 2-30 nucleotides, 10-30 nucleotides, or 10-15 nucleotides in length.
  • an extended overhang is on the sense strand of the duplex.
  • an extended overhang is present on the 3′end of the sense strand of the duplex.
  • an extended overhang is present on the 5′end of the sense strand of the duplex.
  • an extended overhang is on the antisense strand of the duplex.
  • an extended overhang is present on the 3′end of the antisense strand of the duplex. In certain embodiments, an extended overhang is present on the 5′end of the antisense strand of the duplex. In certain embodiments, one or more of the nucleotides in the overhang is replaced with a nucleoside thiophosphate. In certain embodiments, the overhang includes a self-complementary portion such that the overhang is capable of forming a hairpin structure that is stable under physiological conditions.
  • RNAi agents of the invention include RNAi agents with nucleotide overhangs at one end (i.e., agents with one overhang and one blunt end) or with nucleotide overhangs at both ends.
  • antisense strand or “guide strand” refers to the strand of an iRNA, e.g., a dsRNA, which includes a region that is substantially complementary to a target sequence, e.g., a PCSK9 mRNA.
  • region of complementarity refers to the region on the antisense strand that is substantially complementary to a sequence, for example a target sequence, e.g., a PCSK9 nucleotide sequence, as defined herein. Where the region of complementarity is not fully complementary to the target sequence, the mismatches can be in the internal or terminal regions of the molecule.
  • a double stranded RNAi agent of the invention include a nucleotide mismatch in the antisense strand.
  • a double stranded RNAi agent of the invention include a nucleotide mismatch in the sense strand.
  • the nucleotide mismatch is, for example, within 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 nucleotides from the 3′-terminus of the iRNA.
  • the nucleotide mismatch is, for example, in the 3′-terminal nucleotide of the iRNA.
  • sense strand refers to the strand of an iRNA that includes a region that is substantially complementary to a region of the antisense strand as that term is defined herein.
  • cleavage region refers to a region that is located immediately adjacent to the cleavage site.
  • the cleavage site is the site on the target at which cleavage occurs.
  • the cleavage region comprises three bases on either end of, and immediately adjacent to, the cleavage site. In some embodiments, the cleavage region comprises two bases on either end of, and immediately adjacent to, the cleavage site. In some embodiments, the cleavage site specifically occurs at the site bound by nucleotides 10 and 11 of the antisense strand, and the cleavage region comprises nucleotides 11, 12 and 13.
  • the term “complementary,” when used to describe a first nucleotide sequence in relation to a second nucleotide sequence, refers to the ability of an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide comprising the first nucleotide sequence to hybridize and form a duplex structure under certain conditions with an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide comprising the second nucleotide sequence, as will be understood by the skilled person.
  • Such conditions can, for example, be stringent conditions, where stringent conditions can include: 400 mM NaCl, 40 mM PIPES pH 6.4, 1 mM EDTA, 50° C. or 70° C.
  • Complementary sequences within an iRNA include base-pairing of the oligonucleotide or polynucleotide comprising a first nucleotide sequence to an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide comprising a second nucleotide sequence over the entire length of one or both nucleotide sequences.
  • Such sequences can be referred to as “fully complementary” with respect to each other herein.
  • first sequence is referred to as “substantially complementary” with respect to a second sequence herein
  • the two sequences can be fully complementary, or they can form one or more, but generally not more than 5, 4, 3 or 2 mismatched base pairs upon hybridization for a duplex up to 30 base pairs, while retaining the ability to hybridize under the conditions most relevant to their ultimate application, e.g., inhibition of gene expression via a RISC pathway.
  • two oligonucleotides are designed to form, upon hybridization, one or more single stranded overhangs, such overhangs shall not be regarded as mismatches with regard to the determination of complementarity.
  • a dsRNA comprising one oligonucleotide 21 nucleotides in length and another oligonucleotide 23 nucleotides in length, wherein the longer oligonucleotide comprises a sequence of 21 nucleotides that is fully complementary to the shorter oligonucleotide, can yet be referred to as “fully complementary” for the purposes described herein.
  • “Complementary” sequences can also include, or be formed entirely from, non-Watson-Crick base pairs and/or base pairs formed from non-natural and modified nucleotides, in so far as the above requirements with respect to their ability to hybridize are fulfilled.
  • Such non-Watson-Crick base pairs include, but are not limited to, G:U Wobble or Hoogstein base pairing.
  • a polynucleotide that is “substantially complementary to at least part of” a messenger RNA (mRNA) refers to a polynucleotide that is substantially complementary to a contiguous portion of the mRNA of interest (e.g., an mRNA encoding PCSK9).
  • mRNA messenger RNA
  • a polynucleotide is complementary to at least a part of a PCSK9 mRNA if the sequence is substantially complementary to a non-interrupted portion of an mRNA encoding PCSK9.
  • each or both strands can also include one or more non-ribonucleotides, e.g., a deoxyribonucleotide and/or a modified nucleotide.
  • an “iRNA” may include ribonucleotides with chemical modifications. Such modifications may include all types of modifications disclosed herein or known in the art. Any such modifications, as used in an iRNA molecule, are encompassed by “iRNA” for the purposes of this specification and claims.
  • an agent for use in the methods and compositions of the invention is a single-stranded antisense RNA molecule that inhibits a target mRNA via an antisense inhibition mechanism.
  • the single-stranded antisense RNA molecule is complementary to a sequence within the target mRNA.
  • the single-stranded antisense oligonucleotides can inhibit translation in a stoichiometric manner by base pairing to the mRNA and physically obstructing the translation machinery, see Dias, N. et al., (2002) Mol Cancer Ther 1:347-355.
  • the single-stranded antisense RNA molecule may be about 15 to about 30 nucleotides in length and have a sequence that is complementary to a target sequence.
  • the single-stranded antisense RNA molecule may comprise a sequence that is at least about 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, or more contiguous nucleotides from any one of the antisense sequences described herein.
  • the present invention provides methods of inhibiting the expression of a Proprotein Convertase Subtilisin Kexin 9 (PCSK9) gene in a subject.
  • the present invention also provides therapeutic and prophylactic methods for treating or preventing diseases and conditions that can be modulated by down regulating PCSK9 gene expression.
  • the compositions described herein can be used to treat lipidemia, e.g., a hyperlipidemia and other forms of lipid imbalance such as hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia and the pathological conditions associated with these disorders such as heart and circulatory diseases.
  • lysosomal storage diseases including, but not limited to, Niemann-Pick disease, Tay-Sachs disease, Lysosomal acid lipase deficiency, and Gaucher Disease.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount or prophylactically effective amount of an RNAi agent of the invention.
  • the method includes administering an effective amount of a PCSK9 iRNA agent to a patient having a heterozygous LDLR genotype.
  • the effect of the decreased expression of a PCSK9 gene preferably results in a decrease in LDLc (low density lipoprotein cholesterol) levels in the blood, and more particularly in the serum, of the mammal.
  • LDLc levels are decreased by at least 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more, as compared to pretreatment levels.
  • the present invention also provides methods for lowering the level of low density cholesterol (LDLc) in the serum of a subject.
  • the double-stranded RNAi agent is administered to a subject as a fixed dose.
  • a “fixed dose” e.g., a dose in mg
  • an iRNA agent of the invention is administered to a subject as a weight-based dose.
  • a “weight-based dose” e.g., a dose in mg/kg
  • an RNAi agent is administered to the subject as a fixed dose of about 100 mg to about 700 mg, about 150 mg to about 700 mg, about 200 mg to about 700 mg, about 250 mg to about 700 mg, about 300 mg to about 700 mg, about 350 mg to about 700 mg, about 400 mg to about 700 mg, about 450 mg to about 700 mg, about 500 mg to about 700 mg, about 550 mg to about 700 mg, about 600 to about 700 mg, about 650 to about 700 mg, about 100 mg to about 650 mg, about 150 mg to about 650 mg, about 200 mg to about 650 mg, about 250 mg to about 650 mg, about 300 mg to about 650 mg, about 350 mg to about 650 mg, about 400 mg to about 650 mg, about 450 mg to about 650 mg, about 500 mg to about 650 mg, about 550 mg to about 650 mg, about 600 to about 650 mg, about 100 mg to about 600 mg, about 150 mg to about 600 mg, about 200 mg to about 700 mg, about 250 mg to about 700 mg, about 300 mg to about 700 mg, about
  • the administration may be repeated, for example, on a regular basis.
  • the fixed dose may administered to the subject at an interval of once a week, once every two weeks, once a month, once a quarter, or biannually for six months or a year or longer, i.e., chronic administration.
  • the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 50 mg once a week. In another embodiment, the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 50 mg to about 100 mg once every two weeks. In another embodiment, the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 100 mg to about 200 mg once a month. In yet another embodiment, the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 300 mg to about 600 mg once a quarter. In another embodiment, the subject is administered a fixed dose of about 300 mg to about 600 mg biannually (i.e., twice a year).
  • the present invention provides methods of inhibiting the expression of a PCSK9 gene in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, e.g., a dsRNA, of the invention (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition comprising a dsRNA of the invention), wherein a total of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the double-stranded RNAi agent is administered to the subject every quarter or biannually, and wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, the antisense strand comprising a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from nucleotides 3544-3623 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • RNAi double-stranded ribonucleic acid
  • the present invention provides methods of decreasing the level of low density lipoprotein (LDLc) in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, wherein a total of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the double-stranded RNAi agent is administered to the subject every quarter or biannually, and wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, the antisense strand comprising a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from nucleotides 3544-3623 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, thereby decreasing the level of LDLc in the subject.
  • RNAi ribonucleic acid
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression, such as a hyperlipidemia, e.g., hypercholesterolemia.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, e.g., a dsRNA, of the invention (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition comprising a dsRNA of the invention), wherein a total of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the double-stranded RNAi agent is administered to the subject every quarter or biannually, and wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, the antisense strand comprising a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from nucleotides 3544-3623 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having hyperlipidemia, such as hypercholesterolemia.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent, e.g., a dsRNA, of the invention (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition comprising a dsRNA of the invention), wherein a total of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the double-stranded RNAi agent is administered to the subject every quarter or biannually, and wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, the antisense strand comprising a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from nucleotides 3544-3623 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1.
  • RNAi double-stranded ribonucleic acid
  • the administration of the RNAi agents to a subject may be repeated on a regular basis, for example, at an interval of once a week, once every two weeks, once a month, once a quarter, or biannually.
  • the RNAi agent is administered in a dosing regimen that includes a “loading phase” of closely spaced administrations that may be followed by a “maintenance phase”, in which the RNAi agent is administered at longer spaced intervals. For example, after administration weekly or biweekly for one month, administration can be repeated once per month, for six months or a year or longer, i.e., chronic administration.
  • the loading phase comprises a single administration of the RNAi agent during the first week. In another embodiment, the loading phase comprises a single administration of the RNAi agent during the first two weeks. In yet another embodiment, the loading phase comprises a single administration of the RNAi agent during the first month.
  • an RNAi agent is administered to the subject during a loading phase as a fixed dose of about 100 mg to about 700 mg, about 150 mg to about 700 mg, about 200 mg to about 700 mg, about 250 mg to about 700 mg, about 300 mg to about 700 mg, about 350 mg to about 700 mg, about 400 mg to about 700 mg, about 450 mg to about 700 mg, about 500 mg to about 700 mg, about 550 mg to about 700 mg, about 600 to about 700 mg, about 650 to about 700 mg, about 100 mg to about 650 mg, about 150 mg to about 650 mg, about 200 mg to about 650 mg, about 250 mg to about 650 mg, about 300 mg to about 650 mg, about 350 mg to about 650 mg, about 400 mg to about 650 mg, about 450 mg to about 650 mg, about 500 mg to about 650 mg, about 550 mg to about 650 mg, about 600 to about 650 mg, about 100 mg to about 600 mg, about 150 mg to about 600 mg, about 200 mg to about 700 mg, about 250 mg to about 700 mg, about 300 mg to
  • the maintenance phase comprises administration of a dose of the RNAi agent to the subject once a month, once every two months, once every three months, once every four months, once every five months, or once every six months.
  • the maintenance dose is administered to the subject once a month.
  • the maintenance dose or doses can be the same or lower than the initial dose, e.g., one-half of the initial dose.
  • a maintenance dose may be about 25 mg to about 100 mg administered to the subject monthly, for example about 25 mg to about 75 mg, about 25 mg to about 50 mg, or about 50 mg to about 75 mg, e.g., about 25 mg, about 30 mg, about 35 mg, about 40 mg, about 45 mg, about 50 mg, about 55 mg, about 60 mg, about 65 mg, about 70 mg, about 75 mg, about 80 mg, about 85 mg, about 90 mg, about 95 mg, or about 100 mg. Values and ranges intermediate to the foregoing recited values are also intended to be part of this invention.
  • any of these schedules may optionally be repeated for one or more iterations.
  • the number of iterations may depend on the achievement of a desired effect, e.g., the suppression of a PCSK9 gene, and/or the achievement of a therapeutic or prophylactic effect, e.g., reducing serum cholesterol levels or reducing a symptom of hypercholesterolemia.
  • the patient can be monitored for changes in his/her condition.
  • the dosage of the RNAi agent may either be increased in the event the patient does not respond significantly to current dosage levels, or the dose may be decreased if an alleviation of the symptoms of the disease state is observed, if the disease state has been ablated, or if undesired side-effects are observed.
  • the present invention provides methods of inhibiting the expression of a PCSK9 gene in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering affixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent to the subject, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent to the subject about once a month, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, the antisense strand comprising a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from nucleotides 3544-3623 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, thereby inhibiting the expression of the PCSK
  • the present invention provides method s of decreasing the level of low density lipoprotein (LDLc) in a subject.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a month, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, the antisense strand comprising a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from nucleotides 3544-3623 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, thereby decreasing the level of LDLc in
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a month, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, the antisense strand comprising a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from nucleotides 3544-3623 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, thereby treating the subject having a disorder that would benefit
  • the present invention provides methods of treating a subject having hyperlipidemia.
  • the methods include administering to the subject a double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase, wherein the loading phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 200 mg to about 600 mg of the RNAi agent, and wherein the maintenance phase comprises administering to the subject a fixed dose of about 25 mg to about 100 mg of the RNAi agent once a month, wherein the double-stranded RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, the antisense strand comprising a region of complementarity which comprises at least 15 contiguous nucleotides differing by no more than 3 nucleotides from nucleotides 3544-3623 of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, thereby treating the subject having hyperlipidemia.
  • RNAi ribonucleic acid
  • the double-stranded ribonucleic acid (RNAi) agent for use in the methods of the present invention comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand forming a double stranded region, wherein the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685) and the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 686), wherein substantially all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand are modified nucleotides.
  • the antisense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 685)
  • the sense strand comprises the nucleotide sequence 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 686), where
  • a “subject” includes a human or non-human animal, preferably a vertebrate, and more preferably a mammal.
  • a subject may include a transgenic organism.
  • the subject is a human, such as a human suffering from or predisposed to developing a PCSK9-associated disease.
  • the methods and uses of the invention include administering a composition described herein such that expression of the target PCSK9 gene is decreased, for an extended period of time, such as, for about 80 days, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155
  • a reduction in the expression of PCSK9 may be determined by determining the mRNA expression level of PCSK9 using methods routine to one of ordinary skill in the art, e.g., Northern blotting, qRT-PCR, by determining the protein level of PCSK9 using methods routine to one of ordinary skill in the art, such as Western blotting, immunological techniques, and/or by determining a biological activity of PCSK9, such as the effect on one or more serum lipid parameters, such as, for example, total cholesterol levels, high density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL) levels, non-HDL levels, very low density lipoprotein cholesterol (VLDL) levels, triglyceride levels, Lp(a) levels, and lipoprotein particle size.
  • HDL high density lipoprotein cholesterol
  • VLDL very low density lipoprotein cholesterol
  • dsRNA may result in a reduction of the severity, signs, symptoms, and/or markers of such diseases or disorders in a patient with a disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression.
  • reduction in this context is meant a statistically significant decrease in such level.
  • the reduction can be, for example, at least about 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or about 100%.
  • Efficacy of treatment or prevention of disease can be assessed, for example by measuring disease progression, disease remission, symptom severity, serum lipid levels (e.g., LDLc levels), quality of life, dose of a medication required to sustain a treatment effect, level of a disease marker or any other measurable parameter appropriate for a given disease being treated or targeted for prevention. It is well within the ability of one skilled in the art to monitor efficacy of treatment or prevention by measuring any one of such parameters, or any combination of parameters. For example, efficacy of treatment of a hyperlipidemia may be assessed, for example, by periodic monitoring of LDLc levels. Comparisons of the later readings with the initial readings provide a physician an indication of whether the treatment is effective. It is well within the ability of one skilled in the art to monitor efficacy of treatment or prevention by measuring any one of such parameters, or any combination of parameters.
  • serum lipid levels e.g., LDLc levels
  • quality of life lipid levels
  • dose of a medication required to sustain a treatment effect e.g
  • a treatment or preventive effect is evident when there is a statistically significant improvement in one or more parameters of disease status, or by a failure to worsen or to develop symptoms where they would otherwise be anticipated.
  • a favorable change of at least 10% in a measurable parameter of disease, and preferably at least 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% or more can be indicative of effective treatment.
  • Efficacy for a given iRNA drug or formulation of that drug can also be judged using an experimental animal model for the given disease as known in the art. When using an experimental animal model, efficacy of treatment is evidenced when a statistically significant reduction in a marker or symptom is observed.
  • the efficacy can be measured by a reduction in the severity of disease as determined by one skilled in the art of diagnosis based on a clinically accepted disease severity grading scale. Any positive change resulting in e.g., lessening of severity of disease measured using the appropriate scale, represents adequate treatment using an iRNA or iRNA formulation as described herein.
  • the iRNA agent does not activate the immune system, e.g., it does not increase cytokine levels, such as TNF-alpha or IFN-alpha levels.
  • cytokine levels such as TNF-alpha or IFN-alpha levels.
  • the increase in levels of TNF-alpha or IFN-alpha is less than 30%, 20%, or 10% of control cells treated with a control dsRNA, such as a dsRNA that does not target PCSK9.
  • administration can be provided when Low Density Lipoprotein cholesterol (LDLc) levels reach or surpass a predetermined minimal level, such as greater than 70 mg/dL, 130 mg/dL, 150 mg/dL, 200 mg/dL, 300 mg/dL, or 400 mg/dL.
  • LDLc Low Density Lipoprotein cholesterol
  • the effect of the decreased PCSK9 gene preferably results in a decrease in LDLc (low density lipoprotein cholesterol) levels in the blood, and more particularly in the serum, of the mammal.
  • LDLc levels are decreased by at least 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more, as compared to pretreatment levels.
  • PCSK9 expression is decreased for an extended duration, e.g., at least one week, two weeks, three weeks, or four weeks or longer.
  • expression of the PCSK9 gene is suppressed by at least about 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, or 50% by administration of an iRNA agent described herein.
  • the PCSK9 gene is suppressed by at least about 60%, 70%, or 80% by administration of the iRNA agent.
  • the PCSK9 gene is suppressed by at least about 85%, 90%, or 95% by administration of the double-stranded oligonucleotide.
  • RNAi agents of the invention may be administered to a subject using any mode of administration known in the art, including, but not limited to subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraocular, intrabronchial, intrapleural, intraperitoneal, intraarterial, lymphatic, cerebrospinal, and any combinations thereof. In preferred embodiments, the agents are administered subcutaneously.
  • the administration is via a depot injection.
  • a depot injection may release the RNAi agent in a consistent way over a prolonged time period.
  • a depot injection may reduce the frequency of dosing needed to obtain a desired effect, e.g., a desired inhibition of PCSK9, or a therapeutic or prophylactic effect.
  • a depot injection may also provide more consistent serum concentrations.
  • Depot injections may include subcutaneous injections or intramuscular injections. In preferred embodiments, the depot injection is a subcutaneous injection.
  • the administration is via a pump.
  • the pump may be an external pump or a surgically implanted pump.
  • the pump is a subcutaneously implanted osmotic pump.
  • the pump is an infusion pump.
  • An infusion pump may be used for intravenous, subcutaneous, arterial, or epidural infusions.
  • the infusion pump is a subcutaneous infusion pump.
  • the pump is a surgically implanted pump that delivers the RNAi agent to the liver.
  • modes of administration include epidural, intracerebral, intracerebroventricular, nasal administration, intraarterial, intracardiac, intraosseous infusion, intrathecal, and intravitreal, and pulmonary.
  • the mode of administration may be chosen based upon whether local or systemic treatment is desired and based upon the area to be treated.
  • the route and site of administration may be chosen to enhance targeting.
  • the iRNA can be administered by intravenous infusion over a period of time, such as over a 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or about a 25 minute period.
  • the administration may be repeated, for example, on a regular basis, such as weekly, biweekly (i.e., every two weeks) for one month, two months, three months, four months or longer.
  • the treatments can be administered on a less frequent basis. For example, after administration weekly or biweekly for three months, administration can be repeated once per month, for six months or a year or longer.
  • Administration of the iRNA can reduce PCSK9 levels, e.g., in a cell, tissue, blood, urine or other compartment of the patient by at least about 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%
  • patients Before administration of a full dose of the iRNA, patients can be administered a smaller dose, such as a 5% infusion, and monitored for adverse effects, such as an allergic reaction.
  • the patient can be monitored for unwanted immunostimulatory effects, such as increased cytokine (e.g., TNF-alpha or INF-alpha) levels.
  • cytokine e.g., TNF-alpha or INF-alpha
  • a composition according to the invention or a pharmaceutical composition prepared therefrom can enhance the quality of life.
  • An iRNA of the invention may be administered in “naked” form, or as a “free iRNA.”
  • a naked iRNA is administered in the absence of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the naked iRNA may be in a suitable buffer solution.
  • the buffer solution may comprise acetate, citrate, prolamine, carbonate, or phosphate, or any combination thereof.
  • the buffer solution is phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • the pH and osmolarity of the buffer solution containing the iRNA can be adjusted such that it is suitable for administering to a subject.
  • an iRNA of the invention may be administered as a pharmaceutical composition, such as a dsRNA liposomal formulation.
  • the invention further provides methods and uses for the use of an iRNA or a pharmaceutical composition thereof, e.g., for treating a subject that would benefit from reduction and/or inhibition of PCSK9 expression, e.g., a subject having hyperlipidemia, e.g., hypercholesterolemia, in combination with other pharmaceuticals and/or other therapeutic methods, e.g., with known pharmaceuticals and/or known therapeutic methods, such as, for example, those which are currently employed for treating these disorders.
  • the siRNA and an additional therapeutic agent can be administered in combination in the same composition, e.g., parenterally, or the additional therapeutic agent can be administered as part of a separate composition or by another method described herein.
  • a siRNA featured in the invention can be administered with, e.g., an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor (e.g., a statin), a fibrate, a bile acid sequestrant, niacin, an antiplatelet agent, an angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor, an angiotensin II receptor antagonist (e.g., losartan potassium, such as Merck & Co.'s Cozaar®), an acylCoA cholesterol acetyltransferase (ACAT) inhibitor, a cholesterol absorption inhibitor, a cholesterol ester transfer protein (CETP) inhibitor, a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (MTTP) inhibitor, a cholesterol modulator, a bile acid modulator, a peroxisome proliferation activated receptor (PPAR) agonist, a gene-based therapy
  • HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor e.g., a statin
  • a fibrate e.g., a bile
  • HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors include atorvastatin (Pfizer's Lipitor®/Tahor/Sortis/Torvast/Cardyl), pravastatin (Bristol-Myers Squibb's Pravachol, Sankyo's Mevalotin/Sanaprav), simvastatin (Merck's Zocor®/Sinvacor, Boehringer Ingelheim's Denan, Banyu's Lipovas), lovastatin (Merck's Mevacor/Mevinacor, Bexal's Lovastatina, Cepa; Schwarz Pharma's Liposcler), fluvastatin (Novartis' Lescol®/Locol/Lochol, Fujisawa's Cranoc, Solvay's Digaril), cerivastatin (Bayer's Lipobay/GlaxoSmithKline's Baycol), rosuvastatin (AstraZeneca's Crest
  • Exemplary fibrates include, e.g., bezafibrate (e.g., Roche's Befizal®/Cedur®/Bezalip®, Kissei's Bezatol), clofibrate (e.g., Wyeth's Atromid-S®), fenofibrate (e.g., Fournier's Lipidil/Lipantil, Abbott's Tricor®, Takeda's Lipantil, generics), gemfibrozil (e.g., Pfizer's Lopid/Lipur) and ciprofibrate (Sanofi-Synthelabo's Modalim®).
  • bezafibrate e.g., Roche's Befizal®/Cedur®/Bezalip®, Kissei's Bezatol
  • clofibrate e.g., Wyeth's Atromid-S®
  • fenofibrate e.g.,
  • Exemplary bile acid sequestrants include, e.g., cholestyramine (Bristol-Myers Squibb's Questran® and Questran LightTM), colestipol (e.g., Pharmacia's Colestid), and colesevelam (Genzyme/Sankyo's WelCholTM).
  • Exemplary niacin therapies include, e.g., immediate release formulations, such as Aventis' Nicobid, Upsher-Smith's Niacor, Aventis' Nicolar, and Sanwakagaku's Perycit.
  • Niacin extended release formulations include, e.g., Kos Pharmaceuticals' Niaspan and Upsher-Smith's SIo-Niacin.
  • antiplatelet agents include, e.g., aspirin (e.g., Bayer's aspirin), clopidogrel (Sanofi-Synthelabo/Bristol-Myers Squibb's Plavix), and ticlopidine (e.g., Sanofi-Synthelabo's Ticlid and Daiichi's Panaldine).
  • aspirin e.g., Bayer's aspirin
  • clopidogrel Sanofi-Synthelabo/Bristol-Myers Squibb's Plavix
  • ticlopidine e.g., Sanofi-Synthelabo's Ticlid and Daiichi's Panaldine.
  • Other aspirin-like compounds useful in combination with a dsRNA targeting PCSK9 include, e.g., Asacard (slow-release aspirin, by Pharmacia) and Pamicogrel (Kanebo/Ange
  • Exemplary angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors include, e.g., ramipril (e.g., Aventis' Altace) and enalapril (e.g., Merck & Co.'s Vasotec).
  • Exemplary acyl CoA cholesterol acetyltransferase (AC AT) inhibitors include, e.g., avasimibe (Pfizer), eflucimibe (BioMsrieux Pierre Fabre/Eli Lilly), CS-505 (Sankyo and Kyoto), and SMP-797 (Sumito).
  • Exemplary cholesterol absorption inhibitors include, e.g., ezetimibe (Merck/Schering-Plough Pharmaceuticals Zetia®) and Pamaqueside (Pfizer).
  • Exemplary CETP inhibitors include, e.g., Torcetrapib (also called CP-529414, Pfizer), JTT-705 (Japan Tobacco), and CETi-I (Avant Immunotherapeutics).
  • Exemplary microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (MTTP) inhibitors include, e.g., implitapide (Bayer), R-103757 (Janssen), and CP-346086 (Pfizer).
  • Other exemplary cholesterol modulators include, e.g., NO-1886 (Otsuka/TAP Pharmaceutical), CI-1027 (Pfizer), and WAY-135433 (Wyeth-Ayerst).
  • Exemplary bile acid modulators include, e.g., HBS-107 (Hisamitsu/Banyu), Btg-511 (British Technology Group), BARI-1453 (Aventis), S-8921 (Shionogi), SD-5613 (Pfizer), and AZD-7806 (AstraZeneca).
  • Exemplary peroxisome proliferation activated receptor (PPAR) agonists include, e.g., tesaglitazar (AZ-242) (AstraZeneca), Netoglitazone (MCC-555) (Mitsubishi/Johnson & Johnson), GW-409544 (Ligand Pharmaceuticals/GlaxoSmithKline), GW-501516 (Ligand Pharmaceuticals/GlaxoSmithKline), LY-929 (Ligand Pharmaceuticals and Eli Lilly), LY-465608 (Ligand Pharmaceuticals and Eli Lilly), LY-518674 (Ligand Pharmaceuticals and Eli Lilly), and MK-767 (Merck and Kyorin).
  • Exemplary gene-based therapies include, e.g., AdGWEGF 121.10 (GenVec), ApoA1 (UCB Pharma/Groupe Fournier), EG-004 (Trinam) (Ark Therapeutics), and ATP-binding cassette transporter-A1 (ABCA1) (CV Therapeutics/Incyte, Aventis, Xenon).
  • Exemplary Glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa inhibitors include, e.g., roxifiban (also called DMP754, Bristol-Myers Squibb), Gantofiban (Merck KGaA/Yamanouchi), and Cromafiban (Millennium Pharmaceuticals).
  • Exemplary squalene synthase inhibitors include, e.g., BMS-1884941 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), CP-210172 (Pfizer), CP-295697 (Pfizer), CP-294838 (Pfizer), and TAK-475 (Takeda).
  • An exemplary MCP-I inhibitor is, e.g., RS-504393 (Roche Bioscience).
  • the anti-atherosclerotic agent BO-653 (Chugai Pharmaceuticals), and the nicotinic acid derivative Nyclin (Yamanouchi Pharmaceuticals) are also appropriate for administering in combination with a dsRNA featured in the invention.
  • Exemplary combination therapies suitable for administration with a dsRNA targeting PCSK9 include, e.g., advicor (Niacin/lovastatin from Kos Pharmaceuticals), amlodipine/atorvastatin (Pfizer), and ezetimibe/simvastatin (e.g., Vytorin® 10/10, 10/20, 10/40, and 10/80 tablets by Merck/Schering-Plough Pharmaceuticals).
  • advicor Niacin/lovastatin from Kos Pharmaceuticals
  • Amlodipine/atorvastatin Pfizer
  • ezetimibe/simvastatin e.g., Vytorin® 10/10, 10/20, 10/40, and 10/80 tablets by Merck/Schering-Plough Pharmaceuticals.
  • Agents for treating hypercholesterolemia, and suitable for administration in combination with a dsRNA targeting PCSK9 include, e.g., lovastatin, niacin Altoprev® Extended-Release Tablets (Andrx Labs), lovastatin Caduet® Tablets (Pfizer), amlodipine besylate, atorvastatin calcium Crestor® Tablets (AstraZeneca), rosuvastatin calcium Lescol® Capsules (Novartis), fluvastatin sodium Lescol® (Reliant, Novartis), fluvastatin sodium Lipitor® Tablets (Parke-Davis), atorvastatin calcium Lofibra® Capsules (Gate), Niaspan Extended-Release Tablets (Kos), niacin Pravachol Tablets (Bristol-Myers Squibb), pravastatin sodium TriCor® Tablets (Abbott), fenofibrate Vytorin® 10
  • an iRNA agent is administered in combination with an ezetimibe/simvastatin combination (e.g., Vytorin® (Merck/Schering-Plough Pharmaceuticals)).
  • an ezetimibe/simvastatin combination e.g., Vytorin® (Merck/Schering-Plough Pharmaceuticals)
  • an iRNA agent is administered in combination with an anti-PCSK9 antibody.
  • anti-PCSK9 antibodies for use in the combination therapies of the invention include, for example, alirocumab (Praluent), evolocumab (Repatha), bococizumab (PF-04950615, RN316, RN-316, L1L3; Pfizer, Rinat), lodelcizumab (LFU720, pJG04; Novartis), ralpancizumab (RN317, PF-05335810; Pfizer, Rinat), RG7652 (MPSK3169A, YW508.20.33b; Genentech), LY3015014 (Lilly), LPD1462 (h1F11; Schering-Plough), AX1 (AX189, 1B20, 1D05; Merck & Co), ALD306 (Alder); mAb1 (Boehringer), and Ig1-PA4 (N
  • the iRNA agent is administered to the patient, and then the additional therapeutic agent is administered to the patient (or vice versa). In another embodiment, the iRNA agent and the additional therapeutic agent are administered at the same time.
  • the invention features, a method of instructing an end user, e.g., a caregiver or a subject, on how to administer an iRNA agent described herein.
  • the method includes, optionally, providing the end user with one or more doses of the iRNA agent, and instructing the end user to administer the iRNA agent on a regimen described herein, thereby instructing the end user.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a patient by selecting a patient on the basis that the patient is in need of LDL lowering, LDL lowering without lowering of HDL, ApoB lowering, or total cholesterol lowering.
  • the method includes administering to the patient a siRNA in an amount sufficient to lower the patient's LDL levels or ApoB levels, e.g., without substantially lowering HDL levels.
  • a patient in need of a siRNA can be identified by taking a family history, or, for example, screening for one or more genetic markers or variants.
  • genes involved in hyperlipidemia include but are not limited to, e.g., LDL receptor (LDLR), the apoliproteins (ApoA1, ApoB, ApoE, and the like), Cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP), Lipoprotein lipase (LPL), hepatic lipase (LIPC), Endothelial lipase (EL), Lecithinxholesteryl acyltransferase (LCAT).
  • a healthcare provider such as a doctor, nurse, or family member, can take a family history before prescribing or administering an iRNA agent of the invention.
  • a test may be performed to determine a genotype or phenotype.
  • a DNA test may be performed on a sample from the patient, e.g., a blood sample, to identify the PCSK9 genotype and/or phenotype before a PCSK9 dsRNA is administered to the patient.
  • a test is performed to identify a related genotype and/or phenotype, e.g., a LDLR genotype.
  • Example of genetic variants with the LDLR gene can be found in the art, e.g., in the following publications which are incorporated by reference: Costanza et al (2005) Am J Epidemiol. 15; 161(8):714-24; Yamada et al. (2008) J Med Genet . January; 45(1):22-8, Epub 2007 Aug. 31; and Boes et al (2009) Exp. Gerontol 44: 136-160, Epub 2008 Nov. 17.
  • the present invention further provides methods of inhibiting expression of a Proprotein Convertase Subtilisin Kexin 9 (PCSK9) in a cell, such as a cell within a subject, e.g., a human subject.
  • a Proprotein Convertase Subtilisin Kexin 9 PCSK9
  • the present invention provides methods of inhibiting expression of a PCSK9 gene in a cell.
  • the methods include contacting a cell with an RNAi agent, e.g., a double stranded RNAi agent, in an amount effective to inhibit expression of the PCSK9 gene in the cell, thereby inhibiting expression of the PCSK9 in the cell.
  • an RNAi agent e.g., a double stranded RNAi agent
  • RNAi agent may be done in vitro or in vivo.
  • Contacting a cell in vivo with the RNAi agent includes contacting a cell or group of cells within a subject, e.g., a human subject, with the RNAi agent. Combinations of in vitro and in vivo methods of contacting are also possible. Contacting may be direct or indirect, as discussed above. Furthermore, contacting a cell may be accomplished via a targeting ligand, including any ligand described herein or known in the art.
  • the targeting ligand is a carbohydrate moiety, e.g., a GalNAc 3 ligand, or any other ligand that directs the RNAi agent to a site of interest, e.g., the liver of a subject.
  • inhibitor is used interchangeably with “reducing,” “silencing,” “downregulating” and other similar terms, and includes any level of inhibition.
  • PCSK9 The phrase “inhibiting expression of a PCSK9” is intended to refer to inhibition of expression of any PCSK9 gene (such as, e.g., a mouse PCSK9 gene, a rat PCSK9 gene, a monkey PCSK9 gene, or a human PCSK9 gene) as well as variants or mutants of a PCSK9 gene.
  • the PCSK9 gene may be a wild-type PCSK9 gene, a mutant PCSK9 gene, or a transgenic PCSK9 gene in the context of a genetically manipulated cell, group of cells, or organism.
  • “Inhibiting expression of a PCSK9 gene” includes any level of inhibition of a PCSK9 gene, e.g., at least partial suppression of the expression of a PCSK9 gene.
  • the expression of the PCSK9 gene may be assessed based on the level, or the change in the level, of any variable associated with PCSK9 gene expression, e.g., PCSK9 mRNA level, PCSK9 protein level, or lipid levels. This level may be assessed in an individual cell or in a group of cells, including, for example, a sample derived from a subject.
  • Inhibition may be assessed by a decrease in an absolute or relative level of one or more variables that are associated with PCSK9 expression compared with a control level.
  • the control level may be any type of control level that is utilized in the art, e.g., a pre-dose baseline level, or a level determined from a similar subject, cell, or sample that is untreated or treated with a control (such as, e.g., buffer only control or inactive agent control).
  • expression of a PCSK9 gene is inhibited by at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 91%, at least about 92%, at least about 93%, at least about 94%. at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99%.
  • Inhibition of the expression of a PCSK9 gene may be manifested by a reduction of the amount of mRNA expressed by a first cell or group of cells (such cells may be present, for example, in a sample derived from a subject) in which a PCSK9 gene is transcribed and which has or have been treated (e.g., by contacting the cell or cells with an RNAi agent of the invention, or by administering an RNAi agent of the invention to a subject in which the cells are or were present) such that the expression of a PCSK9 gene is inhibited, as compared to a second cell or group of cells substantially identical to the first cell or group of cells but which has not or have not been so treated (control cell(s)).
  • the inhibition is assessed by expressing the level of mRNA in treated cells as a percentage of the level of mRNA in control cells, using the following formula:
  • PCSK9 gene silencing may be determined in any cell expressing PCSK9, either constitutively or by genomic engineering, and by any assay known in the art.
  • the liver is the major site of PCSK9 expression.
  • Other significant sites of expression include the pancreas, kidney, and intestines.
  • Inhibition of the expression of a PCSK9 protein may be manifested by a reduction in the level of the PCSK9 protein that is expressed by a cell or group of cells (e.g., the level of protein expressed in a sample derived from a subject).
  • the inhibition of protein expression levels in a treated cell or group of cells may similarly be expressed as a percentage of the level of protein in a control cell or group of cells.
  • a control cell or group of cells that may be used to assess the inhibition of the expression of a PCSK9 gene includes a cell or group of cells that has not yet been contacted with an RNAi agent of the invention.
  • the control cell or group of cells may be derived from an individual subject (e.g., a human or animal subject) prior to treatment of the subject with an RNAi agent.
  • the level of PCSK9 mRNA that is expressed by a cell or group of cells may be determined using any method known in the art for assessing mRNA expression.
  • the level of expression of PCSK9 in a sample is determined by detecting a transcribed polynucleotide, or portion thereof, e.g., mRNA of the PCSK9 gene.
  • RNA may be extracted from cells using RNA extraction techniques including, for example, using acid phenol/guanidine isothiocyanate extraction (RNAzol B; Biogenesis), RNeasy RNA preparation kits (Qiagen) or PAXgene (PreAnalytix, Switzerland).
  • Typical assay formats utilizing ribonucleic acid hybridization include nuclear run-on assays, RT-PCR, RNase protection assays (Melton et al., Nuc. Acids Res. 12:7035), Northern blotting, in situ hybridization, and microarray analysis.
  • the level of expression of PCSK9 is determined using a nucleic acid probe.
  • probe refers to any molecule that is capable of selectively binding to a specific PCSK9. Probes can be synthesized by one of skill in the art, or derived from appropriate biological preparations. Probes may be specifically designed to be labeled. Examples of molecules that can be utilized as probes include, but are not limited to, RNA, DNA, proteins, antibodies, and organic molecules.
  • Isolated mRNA can be used in hybridization or amplification assays that include, but are not limited to, Southern or Northern analyses, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) analyses and probe arrays.
  • One method for the determination of mRNA levels involves contacting the isolated mRNA with a nucleic acid molecule (probe) that can hybridize to PCSK9 mRNA.
  • the mRNA is immobilized on a solid surface and contacted with a probe, for example by running the isolated mRNA on an agarose gel and transferring the mRNA from the gel to a membrane, such as nitrocellulose.
  • the probe(s) are immobilized on a solid surface and the mRNA is contacted with the probe(s), for example, in an Affymetrix gene chip array.
  • a skilled artisan can readily adapt known mRNA detection methods for use in determining the level of PCSK9 mRNA.
  • An alternative method for determining the level of expression of PCSK9 in a sample involves the process of nucleic acid amplification and/or reverse transcriptase (to prepare cDNA) of for example mRNA in the sample, e.g., by RT-PCR (the experimental embodiment set forth in Mullis, 1987, U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202), ligase chain reaction (Barany (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:189-193), self sustained sequence replication (Guatelli et al. (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:1874-1878), transcriptional amplification system (Kwoh et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • the level of expression of PCSK9 is determined by quantitative fluorogenic RT-PCR (i.e., the TaqManTM System).
  • PCSK9 mRNA may be monitored using a membrane blot (such as used in hybridization analysis such as Northern, Southern, dot, and the like), or microwells, sample tubes, gels, beads or fibers (or any solid support comprising bound nucleic acids). See U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,770,722, 5,874,219, 5,744,305, 5,677,195 and 5,445,934, which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the determination of PCSK9 expression level may also comprise using nucleic acid probes in solution.
  • the level of mRNA expression is assessed using branched DNA (bDNA) assays or real time PCR (qPCR).
  • bDNA branched DNA
  • qPCR real time PCR
  • the level of PCSK9 protein expression may be determined using any method known in the art for the measurement of protein levels. Such methods include, for example, electrophoresis, capillary electrophoresis, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), thin layer chromatography (TLC), hyperdiffusion chromatography, fluid or gel precipitin reactions, absorption spectroscopy, a colorimetric assays, spectrophotometric assays, flow cytometry, immunodiffusion (single or double), immunoelectrophoresis, Western blotting, radioimmunoassay (RIA), enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immunofluorescent assays, electrochemiluminescence assays, and the like.
  • electrophoresis capillary electrophoresis
  • HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
  • TLC thin layer chromatography
  • hyperdiffusion chromatography fluid or gel precipitin reactions
  • absorption spectroscopy a colorimetric assays
  • sample refers to a collection of similar fluids, cells, or tissues isolated from a subject, as well as fluids, cells, or tissues present within a subject.
  • biological fluids include blood, serum and serosal fluids, plasma, lymph, urine, cerebrospinal fluid, saliva, ocular fluids, and the like.
  • Tissue samples may include samples from tissues, organs or localized regions. For example, samples may be derived from particular organs, parts of organs, or fluids or cells within those organs. In certain embodiments, samples may be derived from the liver (e.g., whole liver or certain segments of liver or certain types of cells in the liver, such as, e.g., hepatocytes).
  • a “sample derived from a subject” refers to blood or plasma drawn from the subject. In further embodiments, a “sample derived from a subject” refers to liver tissue derived from the subject.
  • the RNAi agent is administered to a subject such that the RNAi agent is delivered to a specific site within the subject.
  • the inhibition of expression of PCSK9 may be assessed using measurements of the level or change in the level of PCSK9 mRNA or PCSK9 protein in a sample derived from fluid or tissue from the specific site within the subject.
  • the site is the liver.
  • the site may also be a subsection or subgroup of cells from any one of the aforementioned sites.
  • the site may also include cells that express a particular type of receptor.
  • RNAi agents which inhibit the expression of a PCSK9 gene in a cell, such as a cell within a subject, e.g., a mammal, such as a human having a PCSK9-associated disorder, e.g., a hyperlipidemia, e.g., hypercholesterolemia.
  • the invention provides double-stranded RNAi agents capable of inhibiting the expression of a target gene (i.e., a PCSK9 gene) in vivo for use in the claimed methods.
  • a target gene i.e., a PCSK9 gene
  • the RNA of the iRNA of the invention e.g., a dsRNA
  • the RNA of an iRNA of the invention is un-modified, and does not comprise, e.g., chemical modifications and/or conjugations known in the art and described herein.
  • the RNA of an iRNA of the invention e.g., a dsRNA
  • substantially all of the nucleotides of an iRNA of the invention are modified.
  • nucleotides of the sense strand are modified nucleotides, and/or substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand are modified nucleotides and/or substantially all of the nucleotides of both the sense strand and the antisense strand are modified nucleotides.
  • all of the nucleotides of an iRNA of the invention are modified.
  • all of the nucleotides of the sense strand are modified nucleotides, and/or all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand are modified nucleotides and/or all of the nucleotides of both the sense strand and the antisense strand are modified nucleotides.
  • iRNAs of the invention in which “substantially all of the nucleotides are modified” are largely but not wholly modified and can include not more than 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 unmodified nucleotides.
  • the dsRNA includes an antisense strand having a region of complementarity which is complementary to at least a part of an mRNA formed in the expression of a PCSK9 gene.
  • the region of complementarity is about 30 nucleotides or less in length (e.g., about 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, or 18 nucleotides or less in length).
  • the iRNA Upon contact with a cell expressing the PCSK9 gene, the iRNA inhibits the expression of the PCSK9 gene (e.g., a human PCSK9 gene) by at least about 10% as assayed by, for example, a PCR or branched DNA (bDNA)-based method, or by a protein-based method, such as by immunofluorescence analysis, using, for example, Western Blotting or flowcytometric techniques.
  • the PCSK9 gene e.g., a human PCSK9 gene
  • a dsRNA includes two RNA strands that are complementary and hybridize to form a duplex structure under conditions in which the dsRNA will be used.
  • One strand of a dsRNA (the antisense strand) includes a region of complementarity that is substantially complementary, and generally fully complementary, to a target sequence.
  • the target sequence can be derived from the sequence of an mRNA formed during the expression of a PCSK9 gene.
  • the other strand includes a region that is complementary to the antisense strand, such that the two strands hybridize and form a duplex structure when combined under suitable conditions.
  • the complementary sequences of a dsRNA can also be contained as self-complementary regions of a single nucleic acid molecule, as opposed to being on separate oligonucleotides.
  • the duplex structure is between 15 and 30 base pairs in length, e.g., between, 15-29, 15-28, 15-27, 15-26, 15-25, 15-24, 15-23, 15-22, 15-21, 15-20, 15-19, 15-18, 15-17, 18-30, 18-29, 18-28, 18-27, 18-26, 18-25, 18-24, 18-23, 18-22, 18-21, 18-20, 19-30, 19-29, 19-28, 19-27, 19-26, 19-25, 19-24, 19-23, 19-22, 19-21, 19-20, 20-30, 20-29, 20-28, 20-27, 20-26, 20-25, 20-24, 20-23, 20-22, 20-21, 21-30, 21-29, 21-28, 21-27, 21-26, 21-25, 21-24, 21-23, or 21-22 base pairs in length. Ranges and lengths intermediate to the above recited ranges and lengths are also contemplated to be part of the invention.
  • the region of complementarity to the target sequence is between 15 and 30 nucleotides in length, e.g., between 15-29, 15-28, 15-27, 15-26, 15-25, 15-24, 15-23, 15-22, 15-21, 15-20, 15-19, 15-18, 15-17, 18-30, 18-29, 18-28, 18-27, 18-26, 18-25, 18-24, 18-23, 18-22, 18-21, 18-20, 19-30, 19-29, 19-28, 19-27, 19-26, 19-25, 19-24, 19-23, 19-22, 19-21, 19-20, 20-30, 20-29, 20-28, 20-27, 20-26, 20-25, 20-24, 20-23, 20-22, 20-21, 21-30, 21-29, 21-28, 21-27, 21-26, 21-25, 21-24, 21-23, or 21-22 nucleotides in length. Ranges and lengths intermediate to the above recited ranges and lengths are also contemplated to be part of the invention
  • the dsRNA is about 15 to about 20 nucleotides in length, or between about 25 and about 30 nucleotides in length.
  • the dsRNA is long enough to serve as a substrate for the Dicer enzyme.
  • dsRNAs longer than about 21-23 nucleotides in length may serve as substrates for Dicer.
  • the region of an RNA targeted for cleavage will most often be part of a larger RNA molecule, often an mRNA molecule.
  • a “part” of an mRNA target is a contiguous sequence of an mRNA target of sufficient length to allow it to be a substrate for RNAi-directed cleavage (i.e., cleavage through a RISC pathway).
  • a dsRNA agent of the invention may include an RNA strand (the antisense strand) which can include longer lengths, for example up to 66 nucleotides, e.g., 36-66, 26-36, 25-36, 31-60, 22-43, 27-53 nucleotides in length with a region of at least 19 contiguous nucleotides that is substantially complementary to at least a part of an mRNA transcript of a PCSK9 gene.
  • dsRNA agents with the longer length antisense strands preferably include a second RNA strand (the sense strand) of 20-60 nucleotides in length wherein the sense and antisense strands form a duplex of 18-30 contiguous nucleotides.
  • the duplex region is a primary functional portion of a dsRNA, e.g., a duplex region of about 9 to 36 base pairs, e.g., about 10-36, 11-36, 12-36, 13-36, 14-36, 15-36, 9-35, 10-35, 11-35, 12-35, 13-35, 14-35, 15-35, 9-34, 10-34, 11-34, 12-34, 13-34, 14-34, 15-34, 9-33, 10-33, 11-33, 12-33, 13-33, 14-33, 15-33, 9-32, 10-32, 11-32, 12-32, 13-32, 14-32, 15-32, 9-31, 10-31, 11-31, 12-31, 13-32, 14-31, 15-31, 15-30, 15-29, 15-28, 15-27, 15-26, 15-25, 15-24, 15-23, 15-22, 15-21, 15-20, 15-19, 15-18, 15-17, 18-30,
  • an RNA molecule or complex of RNA molecules having a duplex region greater than 30 base pairs is a dsRNA.
  • a miRNA is a dsRNA.
  • a dsRNA is not a naturally occurring miRNA.
  • an iRNA agent useful to target PCSK9 expression is not generated in the target cell by cleavage of a larger dsRNA.
  • a dsRNA as described herein can further include one or more single-stranded nucleotide overhangs e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 nucleotides. dsRNAs having at least one nucleotide overhang can have unexpectedly superior inhibitory properties relative to their blunt-ended counterparts.
  • a nucleotide overhang can comprise or consist of a nucleotide/nucleoside analog, including a deoxynucleotide/nucleoside. The overhang(s) can be on the sense strand, the antisense strand or any combination thereof.
  • nucleotide(s) of an overhang can be present on the 5′-end, 3′-end or both ends of either an antisense or sense strand of a dsRNA. In certain embodiments, longer, extended overhangs are possible.
  • a dsRNA can be synthesized by standard methods known in the art as further discussed below, e.g., by use of an automated DNA synthesizer, such as are commercially available from, for example, Biosearch, Applied Biosystems, Inc.
  • iRNA compounds of the invention may be prepared using a two-step procedure. First, the individual strands of the double-stranded RNA molecule are prepared separately. Then, the component strands are annealed. The individual strands of the siRNA compound can be prepared using solution-phase or solid-phase organic synthesis or both. Organic synthesis offers the advantage that the oligonucleotide strands comprising unnatural or modified nucleotides can be easily prepared. Single-stranded oligonucleotides of the invention can be prepared using solution-phase or solid-phase organic synthesis or both.
  • a dsRNA of the invention includes at least two nucleotide sequences, a sense sequence and an anti-sense sequence.
  • the sense strand is selected from the group of sequences provided in Table 1
  • the corresponding antisense strand of the sense strand is selected from the group of sequences of Table 1.
  • one of the two sequences is complementary to the other of the two sequences, with one of the sequences being substantially complementary to a sequence of an mRNA generated in the expression of a PCSK9 gene.
  • a dsRNA will include two oligonucleotides, where one oligonucleotide is described as the sense strand in Table 1, and the second oligonucleotide is described as the corresponding antisense strand of the sense strand in Table 1.
  • the substantially complementary sequences of the dsRNA are contained on separate oligonucleotides. In another embodiment, the substantially complementary sequences of the dsRNA are contained on a single oligonucleotide.
  • RNA of the iRNA of the invention e.g., a dsRNA of the invention
  • RNA of the iRNA of the invention may comprise any one of the sequences set forth in Table 1 that is un-modified, un-conjugated, and/or modified and/or conjugated differently than described therein.
  • dsRNAs having a duplex structure of between about 20 and 23 base pairs, e.g., 21, base pairs have been hailed as particularly effective in inducing RNA interference (Elbashir et al., EMBO 2001, 20:6877-6888).
  • RNA duplex structures can also be effective (Chu and Rana (2007) RNA 14:1714-1719; Kim et al. (2005) Nat Biotech 23:222-226).
  • dsRNAs described herein can include at least one strand of a length of minimally 21 nucleotides.
  • dsRNAs having a sequence of at least 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, or more contiguous nucleotides derived from one of the sequences of any one of Tables 3, 4, 5, 6, 18, 19, 20, 21, and 23, and differing in their ability to inhibit the expression of a PCSK9 gene by not more than about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30% inhibition from a dsRNA comprising the full sequence, are contemplated to be within the scope of the present invention.
  • RNAs provided in Table 1 identify a site(s) in a PCSK9 transcript that is susceptible to RISC-mediated cleavage.
  • the present invention further features iRNAs that target within one of these sites.
  • an iRNA is said to target within a particular site of an RNA transcript if the iRNA promotes cleavage of the transcript anywhere within that particular site.
  • Such an iRNA will generally include at least about 15 contiguous nucleotides from one of the sequences provided in Table 1 coupled to additional nucleotide sequences taken from the region contiguous to the selected sequence in a PCSK9 gene.
  • target sequence is generally about 15-30 nucleotides in length, there is wide variation in the suitability of particular sequences in this range for directing cleavage of any given target RNA.
  • Various software packages and the guidelines set out herein provide guidance for the identification of optimal target sequences for any given gene target, but an empirical approach can also be taken in which a “window” or “mask” of a given size (as a non-limiting example, 21 nucleotides) is literally or figuratively (including, e.g., in silico) placed on the target RNA sequence to identify sequences in the size range that can serve as target sequences.
  • the next potential target sequence can be identified, until the complete set of possible sequences is identified for any given target size selected.
  • This process coupled with systematic synthesis and testing of the identified sequences (using assays as described herein or as known in the art) to identify those sequences that perform optimally can identify those RNA sequences that, when targeted with an iRNA agent, mediate the best inhibition of target gene expression.
  • sequences identified for example, in a Table 1 represent effective target sequences, it is contemplated that further optimization of inhibition efficiency can be achieved by progressively “walking the window” one nucleotide upstream or downstream of the given sequences to identify sequences with equal or better inhibition characteristics.
  • optimized sequences can be adjusted by, e.g., the introduction of modified nucleotides as described herein or as known in the art, addition or changes in overhang, or other modifications as known in the art and/or discussed herein to further optimize the molecule (e.g., increasing serum stability or circulating half-life, increasing thermal stability, enhancing transmembrane delivery, targeting to a particular location or cell type, increasing interaction with silencing pathway enzymes, increasing release from endosomes) as an expression inhibitor.
  • modified nucleotides as described herein or as known in the art, addition or changes in overhang, or other modifications as known in the art and/or discussed herein to further optimize the molecule (e.g., increasing serum stability or circulating half-life, increasing thermal stability, enhancing transmembrane delivery, targeting to a particular location or cell type, increasing interaction with silencing pathway enzymes, increasing release from endosomes) as an expression inhibitor.
  • An iRNA as described herein can contain one or more mismatches to the target sequence. In one embodiment, an iRNA as described herein contains no more than 3 mismatches. If the antisense strand of the iRNA contains mismatches to a target sequence, it is preferable that the area of mismatch is not located in the center of the region of complementarity. If the antisense strand of the iRNA contains mismatches to the target sequence, it is preferable that the mismatch be restricted to be within the last 5 nucleotides from either the 5′- or 3′-end of the region of complementarity.
  • the strand which is complementary to a region of a PCSK9 gene generally does not contain any mismatch within the central 13 nucleotides.
  • the methods described herein or methods known in the art can be used to determine whether an iRNA containing a mismatch to a target sequence is effective in inhibiting the expression of a PCSK9 gene. Consideration of the efficacy of iRNAs with mismatches in inhibiting expression of a PCSK9 gene is important, especially if the particular region of complementarity in a PCSK9 gene is known to have polymorphic sequence variation within the population.
  • nucleic acids featured in the invention can be synthesized and/or modified by methods well established in the art, such as those described in “Current protocols in nucleic acid chemistry,” Beaucage, S. L. et al. (Edrs.), John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, N.Y., USA, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
  • Modifications include, for example, end modifications, e.g., 5′-end modifications (phosphorylation, conjugation, inverted linkages) or 3′-end modifications (conjugation, DNA nucleotides, inverted linkages, etc.); base modifications, e.g., replacement with stabilizing bases, destabilizing bases, or bases that base pair with an expanded repertoire of partners, removal of bases (a basic nucleotides), or conjugated bases; sugar modifications (e.g., at the 2′-position or 4′-position) or replacement of the sugar; and/or backbone modifications, including modification or replacement of the phosphodiester linkages.
  • end modifications e.g., 5′-end modifications (phosphorylation, conjugation, inverted linkages) or 3′-end modifications (conjugation, DNA nucleotides, inverted linkages, etc.
  • base modifications e.g., replacement with stabilizing bases, destabilizing bases, or bases that base pair with an expanded repertoire of partners, removal of bases (a basic nucleot
  • RNAs having modified backbones include, among others, those that do not have a phosphorus atom in the backbone.
  • modified RNAs that do not have a phosphorus atom in their internucleoside backbone can also be considered to be oligonucleosides.
  • a modified iRNA will have a phosphorus atom in its internucleoside backbone.
  • Modified RNA backbones include, for example, phosphorothioates, chiral phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, phosphotriesters, aminoalkylphosphotriesters, methyl and other alkyl phosphonates including 3′-alkylene phosphonates and chiral phosphonates, phosphinates, phosphoramidates including 3′-amino phosphoramidate and aminoalkylphosphoramidates, thionophosphoramidates, thionoalkylphosphonates, thionoalkylphosphotriesters, and boranophosphates having normal 3′-5′ linkages, 2′-5′-linked analogs of these, and those having inverted polarity wherein the adjacent pairs of nucleoside units are linked 3′-5′ to 5′-3′ or 2′-5′ to 5′-2′.
  • Various salts, mixed salts and free acid forms are also included.
  • Modified RNA backbones that do not include a phosphorus atom therein have backbones that are formed by short chain alkyl or cycloalkyl internucleoside linkages, mixed heteroatoms and alkyl or cycloalkyl internucleoside linkages, or one or more short chain heteroatomic or heterocyclic internucleoside linkages.
  • morpholino linkages formed in part from the sugar portion of a nucleoside
  • siloxane backbones sulfide, sulfoxide and sulfone backbones
  • formacetyl and thioformacetyl backbones methylene formacetyl and thioformacetyl backbones
  • alkene containing backbones sulfamate backbones
  • sulfonate and sulfonamide backbones amide backbones; and others having mixed N, O, S and CH 2 component parts.
  • RNA mimetics are contemplated for use in iRNAs, in which both the sugar and the internucleoside linkage, i.e., the backbone, of the nucleotide units are replaced with novel groups.
  • the base units are maintained for hybridization with an appropriate nucleic acid target compound.
  • an RNA mimetic that has been shown to have excellent hybridization properties, is referred to as a peptide nucleic acid (PNA).
  • PNA peptide nucleic acid
  • the sugar backbone of an RNA is replaced with an amide containing backbone, in particular an aminoethylglycine backbone.
  • the nucleobases are retained and are bound directly or indirectly to aza nitrogen atoms of the amide portion of the backbone.
  • RNAs with phosphorothioate backbones and oligonucleosides with heteroatom backbones include RNAs with phosphorothioate backbones and oligonucleosides with heteroatom backbones, and in particular —CH 2 —NH—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—O—CH 2 — [known as a methylene (methylimino) or MMI backbone], —CH 2 —O—N(CH 3 )—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—N(CH 3 )—CH 2 — and —N(CH 3 )—CH 2 —CH 2 — [wherein the native phosphodiester backbone is represented as —O—P—O—CH 2 —] of the above-referenced U.S.
  • RNAs featured herein have morpholino backbone structures of the above-referenced U.S. Pat. No. 5,034,506.
  • Modified RNAs can also contain one or more substituted sugar moieties.
  • the iRNAs, e.g., dsRNAs, featured herein can include one of the following at the 2′-position: OH; F; O—, S—, or N-alkyl; O—, S—, or N-alkenyl; O—, S- or N-alkynyl; or O-alkyl-O-alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl can be substituted or unsubstituted C 1 to C 10 alkyl or C 2 to C 10 alkenyl and alkynyl.
  • Exemplary suitable modifications include O[(CH 2 ) n O] m CH 3 , O(CH 2 ) .n OCH 3 , O(CH 2 ) n NH 2 , O(CH 2 ) n CH 3 , O(CH 2 ) n ONH 2 , and O(CH 2 ) n ON[(CH 2 ) n CH 3 )] 2 , where n and m are from 1 to about 10.
  • dsRNAs include one of the following at the 2′ position: C 1 to C 10 lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, alkaryl, aralkyl, O-alkaryl or O-aralkyl, SH, SCH 3 , OCN, Cl, Br, CN, CF 3 , OCF 3 , SOCH 3 , SO 2 CH 3 , ONO 2 , NO 2 , N 3 , NH 2 , heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkaryl, aminoalkylamino, polyalkylamino, substituted silyl, an RNA cleaving group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a group for improving the pharmacokinetic properties of an iRNA, or a group for improving the pharmacodynamic properties of an iRNA, and other substituents having similar properties.
  • the modification includes a 2′-methoxyethoxy (2′-O—CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , also known as 2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl) or 2′-MOE) (Martin et al., Helv. Chin. Acta, 1995, 78:486-504) i.e., an alkoxy-alkoxy group.
  • 2′-dimethylaminooxyethoxy i.e., a O(CH 2 ) 2 ON(CH 3 ) 2 group, also known as 2′-DMAOE, as described in examples herein below
  • 2′-dimethylaminoethoxyethoxy also known in the art as 2′-O-dimethylaminoethoxyethyl or 2′-DMAEOE
  • 2′-O—CH 2 —O—CH 2 —N(CH 2 ) 2 i.e., 2′-O—CH 2 —O—CH 2 —N(CH 2 ) 2 .
  • modifications include 2′-methoxy (2′-OCH 3 ), 2′-aminopropoxy (2′-OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 NH 2 ) and 2′-fluoro (2′-F) Similar modifications can also be made at other positions on the RNA of an iRNA, particularly the 3′ position of the sugar on the 3′ terminal nucleotide or in 2′-5′ linked dsRNAs and the 5′ position of 5′ terminal nucleotide. iRNAs can also have sugar mimetics such as cyclobutyl moieties in place of the pentofuranosyl sugar. Representative U.S. patents that teach the preparation of such modified sugar structures include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • RNA of an iRNA can also include nucleobase (often referred to in the art simply as “base”) modifications or substitutions.
  • nucleobases include the purine bases adenine (A) and guanine (G), and the pyrimidine bases thymine (T), cytosine (C) and uracil (U).
  • Modified nucleobases include other synthetic and natural nucleobases such as deoxy-thymine (dT) r , 5-methylcytosine (5-me-C), 5-hydroxymethyl cytosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 2-aminoadenine, 6-methyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-propyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-thiouracil, 2-thiothymine and 2-thiocytosine, 5-halouracil and cytosine, 5-propynyl uracil and cytosine, 6-azo uracil, cytosine and thymine, 5-uracil (pseudouracil), 4-thiouracil, 8-halo, 8-amino, 8-thiol, 8-thioalkyl, 8-hydroxyl anal other 8-substituted adenines and guanines, 5-halo, particularly 5-bro
  • nucleobases include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,687,808, those disclosed in Modified Nucleosides in Biochemistry, Biotechnology and Medicine, Herdewijn, P. ed. Wiley-VCH, 2008; those disclosed in The Concise Encyclopedia Of Polymer Science And Engineering, pages 858-859, Kroschwitz, J. L, ed. John Wiley & Sons, 1990, these disclosed by Englisch et al., Angewandte Chemie, International Edition, 1991, 30, 613, and those disclosed by Sanghvi, Y S., Chapter 15, dsRNA Research and Applications, pages 289-302, Crooke, S. T. and Lebleu, B., Ed., CRC Press, 1993.
  • nucleobases are particularly useful for increasing the binding affinity of the oligomeric compounds featured in the invention.
  • These include 5-substituted pyrimidines, 6-azapyrimidines and N-2, N-6 and 0-6 substituted purines, including 2-aminopropyladenine, 5-propynyluracil and 5-propynylcytosine.
  • 5-methylcytosine substitutions have been shown to increase nucleic acid duplex stability by 0.6-1.2° C. (Sanghvi, Y. S., Crooke, S. T. and Lebleu, B., Eds., dsRNA Research and Applications, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 1993, pp. 276-278) and are exemplary base substitutions, even more particularly when combined with 2′-O-methoxyethyl sugar modifications.
  • RNA of an iRNA can also be modified to include one or more bicyclic sugar moities.
  • a “bicyclic sugar” is a furanosyl ring modified by the bridging of two atoms.
  • a “bicyclic nucleoside” (“BNA”) is a nucleoside having a sugar moiety comprising a bridge connecting two carbon atoms of the sugar ring, thereby forming a bicyclic ring system. In certain embodiments, the bridge connects the 4′-carbon and the 2′-carbon of the sugar ring.
  • an agent of the invention may include the RNA of an iRNA can also be modified to include one or more locked nucleic acids (LNA).
  • LNA locked nucleic acids
  • a locked nucleic acid is a nucleotide having a modified ribose moiety in which the ribose moiety comprises an extra bridge connecting the 2′ and 4′ carbons.
  • an LNA is a nucleotide comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety comprising a 4′-CH2-O-2′ bridge. This structure effectively “locks” the ribose in the 3′-endo structural conformation.
  • the addition of locked nucleic acids to siRNAs has been shown to increase siRNA stability in serum, and to reduce off-target effects (Elmen, J. et al., (2005) Nucleic Acids Research 33(1):439-447; Mook, O R. et al., (2007) Mol Canc Ther 6(3):833-843; Grunweller, A. et al., (2003) Nucleic Acids Research 31(12):3185-3193).
  • bicyclic nucleosides for use in the polynucleotides of the invention include without limitation nucleosides comprising a bridge between the 4′ and the 2′ ribosyl ring atoms.
  • the antisense polynucleotide agents of the invention include one or more bicyclic nucleosides comprising a 4′ to 2′ bridge.
  • 4′ to 2′ bridged bicyclic nucleosides include but are not limited to 4′-(CH2)-O-2′ (LNA); 4′-(CH2)-S-2′; 4′-(CH2)2-0-2′ (ENA); 4′-CH(CH3)-O-2′ (also referred to as “constrained ethyl” or “cEt”) and 4′-CH(CH2OCH3)-O-2′ (and analogs thereof; see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,399,845); 4′-C(CH3)(CH3)-O-2′ (and analogs thereof; see e.g., U.S. Pat. No.
  • bicyclic nucleosides can be prepared having one or more stereochemical sugar configurations including for example ⁇ -L-ribofuranose and ⁇ -D-ribofuranose (see WO 99/14226).
  • RNA of an iRNA can also be modified to include one or more constrained ethyl nucleotides.
  • a “constrained ethyl nucleotide” or “cEt” is a locked nucleic acid comprising a bicyclic sugar moiety comprising a 4′-CH(CH3)-0-2′ bridge.
  • a constrained ethyl nucleotide is in the S conformation referred to herein as “S-cEt.”
  • An iRNA of the invention may also include one or more “conformationally restricted nucleotides” (“CRN”).
  • CRN are nucleotide analogs with a linker connecting the C2′ and C4′ carbons of ribose or the C3 and -C5′ carbons of ribose. CRN lock the ribose ring into a stable conformation and increase the hybridization affinity to mRNA.
  • the linker is of sufficient length to place the oxygen in an optimal position for stability and affinity resulting in less ribose ring puckering.
  • nucleotides of an iRNA of the invention may also include a hydroxymethyl substituted nucleotide.
  • a “hydroxymethyl substituted nucleotide” is an acyclic 2′-3′-seco-nucleotide, also referred to as an “unlocked nucleic acid” (“UNA”) modification
  • U.S. publications that teach the preparation of UNA include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. No. 8,314,227; and US Patent Publication Nos. 2013/0096289; 2013/0011922; and 2011/0313020, the entire contents of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
  • nucleotides of an iRNA of the invention include a 5′ phosphate or 5′ phosphate mimic, e.g., a 5′-terminal phosphate or phosphate mimic on the antisense strand of an RNAi agent.
  • Suitable phosphate mimics are disclosed in, for example US Patent Publication No. 2012/0157511, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • RNA molecules can include N-(acetylaminocaproyl)-4-hydroxyprolinol (Hyp-C6-NHAc), N-(caproyl-4-hydroxyprolinol (Hyp-C6), N-(acetyl-4-hydroxyprolinol (Hyp-NHAc), thymidine-2′-O-deoxythymidine (ether), N-(aminocaproyl)-4-hydroxyprolinol (Hyp-C6-amino), 2-docosanoyl-uridine-3′′-phosphate, inverted base dT(idT) and others. Disclosure of this modification can be found in PCT Publication No. WO 2011/005861.
  • the double-stranded RNAi agents of the invention include agents with chemical modifications as disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2014/0315835 and PCT Publication No. WO 2013/075035, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • a superior result may be obtained by introducing one or more motifs of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides into a sense strand and/or antisense strand of an RNAi agent, particularly at or near the cleavage site.
  • the sense strand and antisense strand of the RNAi agent may otherwise be completely modified.
  • the introduction of these motifs interrupts the modification pattern, if present, of the sense and/or antisense strand.
  • the RNAi agent may be optionally conjugated with a GalNAc derivative ligand, for instance on the sense strand.
  • the resulting RNAi agents present superior gene silencing activity.
  • RNAi agent when the sense strand and antisense strand of the double-stranded RNAi agent are completely modified to have one or more motifs of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at or near the cleavage site of at least one strand of an RNAi agent, the gene silencing activity of the RNAi agent was superiorly enhanced.
  • the invention provides double-stranded RNAi agents capable of inhibiting the expression of a target gene (i.e., a PCSK9 gene) in vivo.
  • the RNAi agent comprises a sense strand and an antisense strand.
  • Each strand of the RNAi agent may range from 12-30 nucleotides in length.
  • each strand may be between 14-30 nucleotides in length, 17-30 nucleotides in length, 25-30 nucleotides in length, 27-30 nucleotides in length, 17-23 nucleotides in length, 17-21 nucleotides in length, 17-19 nucleotides in length, 19-25 nucleotides in length, 19-23 nucleotides in length, 19-21 nucleotides in length, 21-25 nucleotides in length, or 21-23 nucleotides in length.
  • RNAi agent a duplex double stranded RNA
  • the duplex region of an RNAi agent may be 12-30 nucleotide pairs in length.
  • the duplex region can be between 14-30 nucleotide pairs in length, 17-30 nucleotide pairs in length, 27-30 nucleotide pairs in length, 17-23 nucleotide pairs in length, 17-21 nucleotide pairs in length, 17-19 nucleotide pairs in length, 19-25 nucleotide pairs in length, 19-23 nucleotide pairs in length, 19-21 nucleotide pairs in length, 21-25 nucleotide pairs in length, or 21-23 nucleotide pairs in length.
  • the duplex region is selected from 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, and 27 nucleotides in length.
  • the RNAi agent may contain one or more overhang regions and/or capping groups at the 3′-end, 5′-end, or both ends of one or both strands.
  • the overhang can be 1-6 nucleotides in length, for instance 2-6 nucleotides in length, 1-5 nucleotides in length, 2-5 nucleotides in length, 1-4 nucleotides in length, 2-4 nucleotides in length, 1-3 nucleotides in length, 2-3 nucleotides in length, or 1-2 nucleotides in length.
  • the overhangs can be the result of one strand being longer than the other, or the result of two strands of the same length being staggered.
  • the overhang can form a mismatch with the target mRNA or it can be complementary to the gene sequences being targeted or can be another sequence.
  • the first and second strands can also be joined, e.g., by additional bases to form a hairpin, or by other non-base linkers.
  • the nucleotides in the overhang region of the RNAi agent can each independently be a modified or unmodified nucleotide including, but no limited to 2′-sugar modified, such as, 2-F, 2′-Omethyl, thymidine (T), 2′-O-methoxyethyl-5-methyluridine (Teo), 2′-O-methoxyethyladenosine (Aeo), 2′-O-methoxyethyl-5-methylcytidine (m5Ceo), and any combinations thereof.
  • TT can be an overhang sequence for either end on either strand.
  • the overhang can form a mismatch with the target mRNA or it can be complementary to the gene sequences being targeted or can be another sequence.
  • the 5′- or 3′-overhangs at the sense strand, antisense strand or both strands of the RNAi agent may be phosphorylated.
  • the overhang region(s) contains two nucleotides having a phosphorothioate between the two nucleotides, where the two nucleotides can be the same or different.
  • the overhang is present at the 3′-end of the sense strand, antisense strand, or both strands. In one embodiment, this 3′-overhang is present in the antisense strand. In one embodiment, this 3′-overhang is present in the sense strand.
  • the RNAi agent may contain only a single overhang, which can strengthen the interference activity of the RNAi, without affecting its overall stability.
  • the single-stranded overhang may be located at the 3′-terminal end of the sense strand or, alternatively, at the 3′-terminal end of the antisense strand.
  • the RNAi may also have a blunt end, located at the 5′-end of the antisense strand (or the 3′-end of the sense strand) or vice versa.
  • the antisense strand of the RNAi has a nucleotide overhang at the 3′-end, and the 5′-end is blunt. While not wishing to be bound by theory, the asymmetric blunt end at the 5′-end of the antisense strand and 3′-end overhang of the antisense strand favor the guide strand loading into RISC process.
  • the RNAi agent is a double ended bluntmer of 19 nucleotides in length, wherein the sense strand contains at least one motif of three 2′-F modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at positions 7, 8, 9 from the 5′end.
  • the antisense strand contains at least one motif of three 2′-O-methyl modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at positions 11, 12, 13 from the 5′end.
  • the RNAi agent is a double ended bluntmer of 20 nucleotides in length, wherein the sense strand contains at least one motif of three 2′-F modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at positions 8, 9, 10 from the 5′end.
  • the antisense strand contains at least one motif of three 2′-O-methyl modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at positions 11, 12, 13 from the 5′end.
  • the RNAi agent is a double ended bluntmer of 21 nucleotides in length, wherein the sense strand contains at least one motif of three 2′-F modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at positions 9, 10, 11 from the 5′end.
  • the antisense strand contains at least one motif of three 2′-O-methyl modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at positions 11, 12, 13 from the 5′end.
  • the RNAi agent comprises a 21 nucleotide sense strand and a 23 nucleotide antisense strand, wherein the sense strand contains at least one motif of three 2′-F modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at positions 9, 10, 11 from the 5′end; the antisense strand contains at least one motif of three 2′-O-methyl modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at positions 11, 12, 13 from the 5′end, wherein one end of the RNAi agent is blunt, while the other end comprises a 2 nucleotide overhang.
  • the 2 nucleotide overhang is at the 3′-end of the antisense strand.
  • the RNAi agent additionally has two phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages between the terminal three nucleotides at both the 5′-end of the sense strand and at the 5′-end of the antisense strand.
  • every nucleotide in the sense strand and the antisense strand of the RNAi agent, including the nucleotides that are part of the motifs are modified nucleotides.
  • each residue is independently modified with a 2′-O-methyl or 3′-fluoro, e.g., in an alternating motif.
  • the RNAi agent further comprises a ligand (preferably GalNAc 3 ).
  • the RNAi agent comprises a sense and an antisense strand, wherein the sense strand is 25-30 nucleotide residues in length, wherein starting from the 5′ terminal nucleotide (position 1) positions 1 to 23 of the first strand comprise at least 8 ribonucleotides; the antisense strand is 36-66 nucleotide residues in length and, starting from the 3′ terminal nucleotide, comprises at least 8 ribonucleotides in the positions paired with positions 1-23 of sense strand to form a duplex; wherein at least the 3 ‘ terminal nucleotide of antisense strand is unpaired with sense strand, and up to 6 consecutive 3’ terminal nucleotides are unpaired with sense strand, thereby forming a 3′ single stranded overhang of 1-6 nucleotides; wherein the 5′ terminus of antisense strand comprises from 10-30 consecutive nucleotides which are unpaired with sense strand, thereby forming a 10-30
  • the RNAi agent comprises sense and antisense strands, wherein the RNAi agent comprises a first strand having a length which is at least 25 and at most 29 nucleotides and a second strand having a length which is at most 30 nucleotides with at least one motif of three 2′-O-methyl modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at position 11, 12, 13 from the 5′ end; wherein the 3′ end of the first strand and the 5′ end of the second strand form a blunt end and the second strand is 1-4 nucleotides longer at its 3′ end than the first strand, wherein the duplex region which is at least 25 nucleotides in length, and the second strand is sufficiently complementary to a target mRNA along at least 19 nucleotide of the second strand length to reduce target gene expression when the RNAi agent is introduced into a mammalian cell, and wherein dicer cleavage of the RNAi agent preferentially results in an siRNA comprising the 3′ end of
  • the sense strand of the RNAi agent contains at least one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides, where one of the motifs occurs at the cleavage site in the sense strand.
  • the antisense strand of the RNAi agent can also contain at least one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides, where one of the motifs occurs at or near the cleavage site in the antisense strand
  • the cleavage site of the antisense strand is typically around the 10, 11 and 12 positions from the 5′-end.
  • the motifs of three identical modifications may occur at the 9, 10, 11 positions; 10, 11, 12 positions; 11, 12, 13 positions; 12, 13, 14 positions; or 13, 14, 15 positions of the antisense strand, the count starting from the 1 st nucleotide from the 5′-end of the antisense strand, or, the count starting from the 1 st paired nucleotide within the duplex region from the 5′-end of the antisense strand.
  • the cleavage site in the antisense strand may also change according to the length of the duplex region of the RNAi from the 5′-end.
  • the sense strand of the RNAi agent may contain at least one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at the cleavage site of the strand; and the antisense strand may have at least one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides at or near the cleavage site of the strand.
  • the sense strand and the antisense strand can be so aligned that one motif of the three nucleotides on the sense strand and one motif of the three nucleotides on the antisense strand have at least one nucleotide overlap, i.e., at least one of the three nucleotides of the motif in the sense strand forms a base pair with at least one of the three nucleotides of the motif in the antisense strand.
  • at least two nucleotides may overlap, or all three nucleotides may overlap.
  • the sense strand of the RNAi agent may contain more than one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides.
  • the first motif may occur at or near the cleavage site of the strand and the other motifs may be a wing modification.
  • the term “wing modification” herein refers to a motif occurring at another portion of the strand that is separated from the motif at or near the cleavage site of the same strand.
  • the wing modification is either adjacent to the first motif or is separated by at least one or more nucleotides.
  • the motifs are immediately adjacent to each other then the chemistry of the motifs are distinct from each other and when the motifs are separated by one or more nucleotide than the chemistries can be the same or different.
  • Two or more wing modifications may be present. For instance, when two wing modifications are present, each wing modification may occur at one end relative to the first motif which is at or near cleavage site or on either side of the lead motif.
  • the antisense strand of the RNAi agent may contain more than one motifs of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides, with at least one of the motifs occurring at or near the cleavage site of the strand.
  • This antisense strand may also contain one or more wing modifications in an alignment similar to the wing modifications that may be present on the sense strand.
  • the wing modification on the sense strand or antisense strand of the RNAi agent typically does not include the first one or two terminal nucleotides at the 3′-end, 5′-end or both ends of the strand.
  • the wing modification on the sense strand or antisense strand of the RNAi agent typically does not include the first one or two paired nucleotides within the duplex region at the 3′-end, 5′-end or both ends of the strand.
  • the wing modifications may fall on the same end of the duplex region, and have an overlap of one, two or three nucleotides.
  • the sense strand and the antisense strand of the RNAi agent each contain at least two wing modifications
  • the sense strand and the antisense strand can be so aligned that two modifications each from one strand fall on one end of the duplex region, having an overlap of one, two or three nucleotides; two modifications each from one strand fall on the other end of the duplex region, having an overlap of one, two or three nucleotides; two modifications one strand fall on each side of the lead motif, having an overlap of one, two or three nucleotides in the duplex region.
  • every nucleotide in the sense strand and antisense strand of the RNAi agent may be modified.
  • Each nucleotide may be modified with the same or different modification which can include one or more alteration of one or both of the non-linking phosphate oxygens and/or of one or more of the linking phosphate oxygens; alteration of a constituent of the ribose sugar, e.g., of the 2′ hydroxyl on the ribose sugar; wholesale replacement of the phosphate moiety with “dephospho” linkers; modification or replacement of a naturally occurring base; and replacement or modification of the ribose-phosphate backbone.
  • nucleic acids are polymers of subunits
  • many of the modifications occur at a position which is repeated within a nucleic acid, e.g., a modification of a base, or a phosphate moiety, or a non-linking 0 of a phosphate moiety.
  • the modification will occur at all of the subject positions in the nucleic acid but in many cases it will not.
  • a modification may only occur at a 3′ or 5′ terminal position, may only occur in a terminal region, e.g., at a position on a terminal nucleotide or in the last 2, 3, 4, 5, or 10 nucleotides of a strand.
  • a modification may occur in a double strand region, a single strand region, or in both.
  • a modification may occur only in the double strand region of a RNA or may only occur in a single strand region of a RNA.
  • a phosphorothioate modification at a non-linking 0 position may only occur at one or both termini, may only occur in a terminal region, e.g., at a position on a terminal nucleotide or in the last 2, 3, 4, 5, or 10 nucleotides of a strand, or may occur in double strand and single strand regions, particularly at termini.
  • the 5′ end or ends can be phosphorylated.
  • nucleotides or nucleotide surrogates may be included in single strand overhangs, e.g., in a 5′ or 3′ overhang, or in both.
  • all or some of the bases in a 3′ or 5′ overhang may be modified, e.g., with a modification described herein.
  • Modifications can include, e.g., the use of modifications at the 2′ position of the ribose sugar with modifications that are known in the art, e.g., the use of deoxyribonucleotides, 2′-deoxy-2′-fluoro (2′-F) or 2′-O-methyl modified instead of the ribosugar of the nucleobase, and modifications in the phosphate group, e.g., phosphorothioate modifications. Overhangs need not be homologous with the target sequence.
  • each residue of the sense strand and antisense strand is independently modified with LNA, HNA, CeNA, 2′-methoxyethyl, 2′-O-methyl, 2′-O-allyl, 2′-C-allyl, 2′-deoxy, 2′-hydroxyl, or 2′-fluoro.
  • the strands can contain more than one modification.
  • each residue of the sense strand and antisense strand is independently modified with 2′-O-methyl or 2′-fluoro.
  • At least two different modifications are typically present on the sense strand and antisense strand. Those two modifications may be the 2′-O-methyl or 2′-fluoro modifications, or others.
  • the N a and/or N b comprise modifications of an alternating pattern.
  • alternating motif refers to a motif having one or more modifications, each modification occurring on alternating nucleotides of one strand.
  • the alternating nucleotide may refer to one per every other nucleotide or one per every three nucleotides, or a similar pattern.
  • the alternating motif can be “ABABABABABAB . . . ,” “AABBAABBAABB . . . ,” “AABAABAABAAB . . . ,” “AAABAAABAAAB . . . ,” “AAABBBAAABBB . . . ,” or “ABCABCABCABC . . . ,” etc.
  • the type of modifications contained in the alternating motif may be the same or different.
  • the alternating pattern i.e., modifications on every other nucleotide, may be the same, but each of the sense strand or antisense strand can be selected from several possibilities of modifications within the alternating motif such as “ABABAB . . . ”, “ACACAC . . . ” “BDBDBD . . . ” or “CDCDCD . . . ,” etc.
  • the RNAi agent of the invention comprises the modification pattern for the alternating motif on the sense strand relative to the modification pattern for the alternating motif on the antisense strand is shifted.
  • the shift may be such that the modified group of nucleotides of the sense strand corresponds to a differently modified group of nucleotides of the antisense strand and vice versa.
  • the sense strand when paired with the antisense strand in the dsRNA duplex the alternating motif in the sense strand may start with “ABABAB” from 5′-3′ of the strand and the alternating motif in the antisense strand may start with “BABABA” from 5′-3′ of the strand within the duplex region.
  • the alternating motif in the sense strand may start with “AABBAABB” from 5′-3′ of the strand and the alternating motif in the antisense strand may start with “BBAABBAA” from 5′-3′ of the strand within the duplex region, so that there is a complete or partial shift of the modification patterns between the sense strand and the antisense strand.
  • the RNAi agent comprises the pattern of the alternating motif of 2′-O-methyl modification and 2′-F modification on the sense strand initially has a shift relative to the pattern of the alternating motif of 2′-O-methyl modification and 2′-F modification on the antisense strand initially, i.e., the 2′-O-methyl modified nucleotide on the sense strand base pairs with a 2′-F modified nucleotide on the antisense strand and vice versa.
  • the 1 position of the sense strand may start with the 2′-F modification
  • the 1 position of the antisense strand may start with the 2′-O-methyl modification.
  • the introduction of one or more motifs of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides to the sense strand and/or antisense strand interrupts the initial modification pattern present in the sense strand and/or antisense strand.
  • This interruption of the modification pattern of the sense and/or antisense strand by introducing one or more motifs of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides to the sense and/or antisense strand surprisingly enhances the gene silencing activity to the target gene.
  • the modification of the nucleotide next to the motif is a different modification than the modification of the motif.
  • the portion of the sequence containing the motif is “ . . . N a YYYN b . . . ,” where “Y” represents the modification of the motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotide, and “N a ” and “N b ” represent a modification to the nucleotide next to the motif “YYY” that is different than the modification of Y, and where N a and N b can be the same or different modifications.
  • N a and/or N b may be present or absent when there is a wing modification present.
  • the RNAi agent may further comprise at least one phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide linkage.
  • the phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide linkage modification may occur on any nucleotide of the sense strand or antisense strand or both strands in any position of the strand.
  • the internucleotide linkage modification may occur on every nucleotide on the sense strand and/or antisense strand; each internucleotide linkage modification may occur in an alternating pattern on the sense strand and/or antisense strand; or the sense strand or antisense strand may contain both internucleotide linkage modifications in an alternating pattern.
  • alternating pattern of the internucleotide linkage modification on the sense strand may be the same or different from the antisense strand, and the alternating pattern of the internucleotide linkage modification on the sense strand may have a shift relative to the alternating pattern of the internucleotide linkage modification on the antisense strand.
  • a double-stranded RNAi agent comprises 6-8phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages.
  • the antisense strand comprises two phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages at the 5′-terminus and two phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages at the 3′-terminus
  • the sense strand comprises at least two phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages at either the 5′-terminus or the 3′-terminus.
  • the RNAi comprises a phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide linkage modification in the overhang region.
  • the overhang region may contain two nucleotides having a phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide linkage between the two nucleotides.
  • Internucleotide linkage modifications also may be made to link the overhang nucleotides with the terminal paired nucleotides within the duplex region.
  • the overhang nucleotides may be linked through phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide linkage, and optionally, there may be additional phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate internucleotide linkages linking the overhang nucleotide with a paired nucleotide that is next to the overhang nucleotide.
  • These terminal three nucleotides may be at the 3′-end of the antisense strand, the 3′-end of the sense strand, the 5′-end of the antisense strand, and/or the 5′end of the antisense strand.
  • the 2 nucleotide overhang is at the 3′-end of the antisense strand, and there are two phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages between the terminal three nucleotides, wherein two of the three nucleotides are the overhang nucleotides, and the third nucleotide is a paired nucleotide next to the overhang nucleotide.
  • the RNAi agent may additionally have two phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages between the terminal three nucleotides at both the 5′-end of the sense strand and at the 5′-end of the antisense strand.
  • the RNAi agent comprises mismatch(es) with the target, within the duplex, or combinations thereof.
  • the mismatch may occur in the overhang region or the duplex region.
  • the base pair may be ranked on the basis of their propensity to promote dissociation or melting (e.g., on the free energy of association or dissociation of a particular pairing, the simplest approach is to examine the pairs on an individual pair basis, though next neighbor or similar analysis can also be used).
  • A:U is preferred over G:C
  • G:U is preferred over G:C
  • Mismatches e.g., non-canonical or other than canonical pairings (as described elsewhere herein) are preferred over canonical (A:T, A:U, G:C) pairings; and pairings which include a universal base are preferred over canonical pairings.
  • the RNAi agent comprises at least one of the first 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 base pairs within the duplex regions from the 5′-end of the antisense strand independently selected from the group of: A:U, G:U, I:C, and mismatched pairs, e.g., non-canonical or other than canonical pairings or pairings which include a universal base, to promote the dissociation of the antisense strand at the 5′-end of the duplex.
  • the nucleotide at the 1 position within the duplex region from the 5′-end in the antisense strand is selected from the group consisting of A, dA, dU, U, and dT.
  • at least one of the first 1, 2 or 3 base pair within the duplex region from the 5′-end of the antisense strand is an AU base pair.
  • the first base pair within the duplex region from the 5′-end of the antisense strand is an AU base pair.
  • nucleotide at the 3′-end of the sense strand is deoxy-thymine (dT).
  • nucleotide at the 3′-end of the antisense strand is deoxy-thymine (dT).
  • the sense strand sequence may be represented by formula (I):
  • i and j are each independently 0 or 1;
  • p and q are each independently 0-6;
  • each N a independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0-25 modified nucleotides, each sequence comprising at least two differently modified nucleotides; each N b independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0-10 modified nucleotides; each n p and n q independently represent an overhang nucleotide; wherein Nb and Y do not have the same modification; and XXX, YYY and ZZZ each independently represent one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides.
  • YYY is all 2′-F modified nucleotides.
  • the N a and/or N b comprise modifications of alternating pattern.
  • the YYY motif occurs at or near the cleavage site of the sense strand.
  • the YYY motif can occur at or the vicinity of the cleavage site (e.g.: can occur at positions 6, 7, 8, 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 10, 9, 10, 11, 10, 11, 12 or 11, 12, 13) of—the sense strand, the count starting from the 1st nucleotide, from the 5′-end; or optionally, the count starting at the 1 st paired nucleotide within the duplex region, from the 5′-end.
  • i is 1 and j is 0, or i is 0 and j is 1, or both i and j are 1.
  • the sense strand can therefore be represented by the following formulas:
  • N b represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0-10, 0-7, 0-5, 0-4, 0-2 or 0 modified nucleotides.
  • Each N a independently can represent an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2-20, 2-15, or 2-10 modified nucleotides.
  • N b represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0-10, 0-7, 0-10, 0-7, 0-5, 0-4, 0-2 or 0 modified nucleotides.
  • Each N a can independently represent an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2-20, 2-15, or 2-10 modified nucleotides.
  • each N b independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0-10, 0-7, 0-5, 0-4, 0-2 or 0 modified nucleotides.
  • N b is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6
  • Each N a can independently represent an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2-20, 2-15, or 2-10 modified nucleotides.
  • X, Y and Z may be the same or different from each other.
  • i is 0 and j is 0, and the sense strand may be represented by the formula:
  • each N a independently can represent an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2-20, 2-15, or 2-10 modified nucleotides.
  • the antisense strand sequence of the RNAi may be represented by formula (II):
  • k and 1 are each independently 0 or 1;
  • p′ and q′ are each independently 0-6;
  • each N a ′ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0-25 modified nucleotides, each sequence comprising at least two differently modified nucleotides; each N b ′ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0-10 modified nucleotides; each n p ′ and n q ′ independently represent an overhang nucleotide; wherein N b ′ and Y′ do not have the same modification; and X′X′X′, Y′Y′Y′ and Z′Z′Z′ each independently represent one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides.
  • the N a ′ and/or N b ′ comprise modifications of alternating pattern.
  • the Y′Y′Y′ motif occurs at or near the cleavage site of the antisense strand.
  • the Y′Y′Y′ motif can occur at positions 9, 10, 11; 10, 11, 12; 11, 12, 13; 12, 13, 14; or 13, 14, 15 of the antisense strand, with the count starting from the 1 st nucleotide, from the 5′-end; or optionally, the count starting at the 1 st paired nucleotide within the duplex region, from the 5′-end.
  • the Y′Y′Y′ motif occurs at positions 11, 12, 13.
  • Y′Y′Y′ motif is all 2′-OMe modified nucleotides.
  • k is 1 and 1 is 0, or k is 0 and 1 is 1, or both k and 1 are 1.
  • the antisense strand can therefore be represented by the following formulas:
  • N b ′ represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0-10, 0-7, 0-10, 0-7, 0-5, 0-4, 0-2 or 0 modified nucleotides.
  • Each N a ′ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2-20, 2-15, or 2-10 modified nucleotides.
  • N b ′ represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0-10, 0-7, 0-10, 0-7, 0-5, 0-4, 0-2 or 0 modified nucleotides.
  • Each N a ′ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2-20, 2-15, or 2-10 modified nucleotides.
  • each N b ′ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0-10, 0-7, 0-10, 0-7, 0-5, 0-4, 0-2 or 0 modified nucleotides.
  • Each N a ′ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2-20, 2-15, or 2-10 modified nucleotides.
  • N b is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6.
  • k is 0 and 1 is 0 and the antisense strand may be represented by the formula:
  • each N a ′ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2-20, 2-15, or 2-10 modified nucleotides.
  • Each of X′, Y′ and Z′ may be the same or different from each other.
  • Each nucleotide of the sense strand and antisense strand may be independently modified with LNA, HNA, CeNA, 2′-methoxyethyl, 2′-O-methyl, 2′-O-allyl, 2′-C-allyl, 2′-hydroxyl, or 2′-fluoro.
  • each nucleotide of the sense strand and antisense strand is independently modified with 2′-O-methyl or 2′-fluoro.
  • Each X, Y, Z, X′, Y′ and Z′ in particular, may represent a 2′-O-methyl modification or a 2′-fluoro modification.
  • the sense strand of the RNAi agent may contain YYY motif occurring at 9, 10 and 11 positions of the strand when the duplex region is 21 nt, the count starting from the 1 st nucleotide from the 5′-end, or optionally, the count starting at the 1 st paired nucleotide within the duplex region, from the 5′-end; and Y represents 2′-F modification.
  • the sense strand may additionally contain XXX motif or ZZZ motifs as wing modifications at the opposite end of the duplex region; and XXX and ZZZ each independently represents a 2′-OMe modification or 2′-F modification.
  • the antisense strand may contain Y′Y′Y′ motif occurring at positions 11, 12, 13 of the strand, the count starting from the 1 st nucleotide from the 5′-end, or optionally, the count starting at the 1 st paired nucleotide within the duplex region, from the 5′-end; and Y′ represents 2′-O-methyl modification.
  • the antisense strand may additionally contain X′X′X′ motif or Z′Z′Z′ motifs as wing modifications at the opposite end of the duplex region; and X′X′X′ and Z′Z′Z′ each independently represents a 2′-OMe modification or 2′-F modification.
  • the sense strand represented by any one of the above formulas (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), and (Id) forms a duplex with a antisense strand being represented by any one of formulas (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), and (IId), respectively.
  • RNAi agents for use in the methods of the invention may comprise a sense strand and an antisense strand, each strand having 14 to 30 nucleotides, the RNAi duplex represented by formula (III):
  • i, j, k, and 1 are each independently 0 or 1;
  • p, p′, q, and q′ are each independently 0-6;
  • each N a and N a ′ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0-25 modified nucleotides, each sequence comprising at least two differently modified nucleotides; each N b and N b ′ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0-10 modified nucleotides; wherein each n p ′, n p , n q ′, and n q , each of which may or may not be present, independently represents an overhang nucleotide; and XXX, YYY, ZZZ, X′X′X′, Y′Y′Y′, and Z′Z′Z′ each independently represent one motif of three identical modifications on three consecutive nucleotides.
  • i is 0 and j is 0; or i is 1 and j is 0; or i is 0 and j is 1; or both i and j are 0; or both i and j are 1.
  • k is 0 and 1 is 0; or k is 1 and 1 is 0; k is 0 and 1 is 1; or both k and 1 are 0; or both k and 1 are 1.
  • RNAi duplex Exemplary combinations of the sense strand and antisense strand forming a RNAi duplex include the formulas below:
  • each N a independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2-20, 2-15, or 2-10 modified nucleotides.
  • each N b independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 1-10, 1-7, 1-5 or 1-4 modified nucleotides.
  • Each N a independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2-20, 2-15, or 2-10 modified nucleotides.
  • each N b , N b ′ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0-10, 0-7, 0-10, 0-7, 0-5, 0-4, 0-2 or 0 modified nucleotides.
  • Each N a independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2-20, 2-15, or 2-10 modified nucleotides.
  • each N b , N b ′ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 0-10, 0-7, 0-10, 0-7, 0-5, 0-4, 0-2 or 0 modified nucleotides.
  • Each N a , N a ′ independently represents an oligonucleotide sequence comprising 2-20, 2-15, or 2-10 modified nucleotides.
  • Each of N a , N a ′, N b and N b ′ independently comprises modifications of alternating pattern.
  • Each of X, Y and Z in formulas (III), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), and (IIId) may be the same or different from each other.
  • RNAi agent When the RNAi agent is represented by formula (III), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), and (IIId), at least one of the Y nucleotides may form a base pair with one of the Y′ nucleotides. Alternatively, at least two of the Y nucleotides form base pairs with the corresponding Y′ nucleotides; or all three of the Y nucleotides all form base pairs with the corresponding Y′ nucleotides.
  • At least one of the Z nucleotides may form a base pair with one of the Z′ nucleotides.
  • at least two of the Z nucleotides form base pairs with the corresponding Z′ nucleotides; or all three of the Z nucleotides all form base pairs with the corresponding Z′ nucleotides.
  • RNAi agent When the RNAi agent is represented as formula (IIIc) or (IIId), at least one of the X nucleotides may form a base pair with one of the X′ nucleotides. Alternatively, at least two of the X nucleotides form base pairs with the corresponding X′ nucleotides; or all three of the X nucleotides all form base pairs with the corresponding X′ nucleotides.
  • the modification on the Y nucleotide is different than the modification on the Y′ nucleotide
  • the modification on the Z nucleotide is different than the modification on the Z′ nucleotide
  • the modification on the X nucleotide is different than the modification on the X′ nucleotide
  • the N a modifications are 2′-O-methyl or 2′-fluoro modifications.
  • the N a modifications are 2′-O-methyl or 2′-fluoro modifications and n p ′>0 and at least one n p ′ is linked to a neighboring nucleotide a via phosphorothioate linkage.
  • the N a modifications are 2′-O-methyl or 2′-fluoro modifications, n p ′>0 and at least one n p ′ is linked to a neighboring nucleotide via phosphorothioate linkage, and the sense strand is conjugated to one or more GalNAc derivatives attached through a bivalent or trivalent branched linker (described below).
  • the N a modifications are 2′-O-methyl or 2′-fluoro modifications, n p ′>0 and at least one n p ′ is linked to a neighboring nucleotide via phosphorothioate linkage, the sense strand comprises at least one phosphorothioate linkage, and the sense strand is conjugated to one or more GalNAc derivatives attached through a bivalent or trivalent branched linker.
  • the N a modifications are 2′-O-methyl or 2′-fluoro modifications, n p ′>0 and at least one n p ′ is linked to a neighboring nucleotide via phosphorothioate linkage, the sense strand comprises at least one phosphorothioate linkage, and the sense strand is conjugated to one or more GalNAc derivatives attached through a bivalent or trivalent branched linker.
  • the RNAi agent is a multimer containing at least two duplexes represented by formula (III), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), and (IIId), wherein the duplexes are connected by a linker.
  • the linker can be cleavable or non-cleavable.
  • the multimer further comprises a ligand.
  • Each of the duplexes can target the same gene or two different genes; or each of the duplexes can target same gene at two different target sites.
  • the RNAi agent is a multimer containing three, four, five, six or more duplexes represented by formula (III), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), and (IIId), wherein the duplexes are connected by a linker.
  • the linker can be cleavable or non-cleavable.
  • the multimer further comprises a ligand.
  • Each of the duplexes can target the same gene or two different genes; or each of the duplexes can target same gene at two different target sites.
  • two RNAi agents represented by formula (III), (IIIa), (IIIb), (IIIc), and (IIId) are linked to each other at the 5′ end, and one or both of the 3′ ends and are optionally conjugated to a ligand.
  • Each of the agents can target the same gene or two different genes; or each of the agents can target same gene at two different target sites.
  • RNAi agents that can be used in the methods of the invention.
  • Such publications include WO2007/091269, U.S. Pat. No. 7,858,769, WO2010/141511, WO2007/117686, WO2009/014887 and WO2011/031520 the entire contents of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
  • the RNAi agent that contains conjugations of one or more carbohydrate moieties to a RNAi agent can optimize one or more properties of the RNAi agent.
  • the carbohydrate moiety will be attached to a modified subunit of the RNAi agent.
  • the ribose sugar of one or more ribonucleotide subunits of a dsRNA agent can be replaced with another moiety, e.g., a non-carbohydrate (preferably cyclic) carrier to which is attached a carbohydrate ligand.
  • a ribonucleotide subunit in which the ribose sugar of the subunit has been so replaced is referred to herein as a ribose replacement modification subunit (RRMS).
  • a cyclic carrier may be a carbocyclic ring system, i.e., all ring atoms are carbon atoms, or a heterocyclic ring system, i.e., one or more ring atoms may be a heteroatom, e.g., nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur.
  • the cyclic carrier may be a monocyclic ring system, or may contain two or more rings, e.g. fused rings.
  • the cyclic carrier may be a fully saturated ring system, or it may contain one or more double bonds.
  • the ligand may be attached to the polynucleotide via a carrier.
  • the carriers include (i) at least one “backbone attachment point,” preferably two “backbone attachment points” and (ii) at least one “tethering attachment point.”
  • a “backbone attachment point” as used herein refers to a functional group, e.g. a hydroxyl group, or generally, a bond available for, and that is suitable for incorporation of the carrier into the backbone, e.g., the phosphate, or modified phosphate, e.g., sulfur containing, backbone, of a ribonucleic acid.
  • a “tethering attachment point” in some embodiments refers to a constituent ring atom of the cyclic carrier, e.g., a carbon atom or a heteroatom (distinct from an atom which provides a backbone attachment point), that connects a selected moiety.
  • the moiety can be, e.g., a carbohydrate, e.g. monosaccharide, disaccharide, trisaccharide, tetrasaccharide, oligosaccharide and polysaccharide.
  • the selected moiety is connected by an intervening tether to the cyclic carrier.
  • the cyclic carrier will often include a functional group, e.g., an amino group, or generally, provide a bond, that is suitable for incorporation or tethering of another chemical entity, e.g., a ligand to the constituent ring.
  • a functional group e.g., an amino group
  • another chemical entity e.g., a ligand to the constituent ring.
  • RNAi agents may be conjugated to a ligand via a carrier, wherein the carrier can be cyclic group or acyclic group; preferably, the cyclic group is selected from pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, [1,3]dioxolane, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyridazinonyl, tetrahydrofuryl and decalin; preferably, the acyclic group is selected from serinol backbone or diethanolamine backbone.
  • the RNAi agent for use in the methods of the invention is an agent selected from the group of agents listed in any one of Tables 3, 4, 5, 6, 18, 19, 20, 21, and 23. These agents may further comprise a ligand.
  • RNA of an iRNA suitable for use in the methods of the invention involves chemically linking to the RNA one or more ligands, moieties or conjugates that enhance the activity, cellular distribution or cellular uptake of the iRNA.
  • moieties include but are not limited to lipid moieties such as a cholesterol moiety (Letsinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acid. Sci. USA, 1989, 86: 6553-6556), cholic acid (Manoharan et al., Biorg. Med. Chem. Let., 1994, 4:1053-1060), a thioether, e.g., beryl-S-tritylthiol (Manoharan et al., Ann.
  • Acids Res., 1990, 18:3777-3783 a polyamine or a polyethylene glycol chain (Manoharan et al., Nucleosides & Nucleotides, 1995, 14:969-973), or adamantane acetic acid (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36:3651-3654), a palmityl moiety (Mishra et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1995, 1264:229-237), or an octadecylamine or hexylamino-carbonyloxycholesterol moiety (Crooke et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 1996, 277:923-937).
  • a ligand alters the distribution, targeting or lifetime of an iRNA agent into which it is incorporated.
  • a ligand provides an enhanced affinity for a selected target, e.g., molecule, cell or cell type, compartment, e.g., a cellular or organ compartment, tissue, organ or region of the body, as, e.g., compared to a species absent such a ligand.
  • Preferred ligands will not take part in duplex pairing in a duplexed nucleic acid.
  • Ligands can include a naturally occurring substance, such as a protein (e.g., human serum albumin (HSA), low-density lipoprotein (LDL), or globulin); carbohydrate (e.g., a dextran, pullulan, chitin, chitosan, inulin, cyclodextrin, N-acetylgalactosamine, or hyaluronic acid); or a lipid.
  • the ligand can also be a recombinant or synthetic molecule, such as a synthetic polymer, e.g., a synthetic polyamino acid.
  • polyamino acids examples include polyamino acid is a polylysine (PLL), poly L-aspartic acid, poly L-glutamic acid, styrene-maleic acid anhydride copolymer, poly(L-lactide-co-glycolide) copolymer, divinyl ether-maleic anhydride copolymer, N-(2-hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide copolymer (HMPA), polyethylene glycol (PEG), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyurethane, poly(2-ethylacrylic acid), N-isopropylacrylamide polymers, or polyphosphazine.
  • PLL polylysine
  • poly L-aspartic acid poly L-glutamic acid
  • styrene-maleic acid anhydride copolymer poly(L-lactide-co-glycolide) copolymer
  • divinyl ether-maleic anhydride copolymer divinyl ether-
  • polyamines include: polyethylenimine, polylysine (PLL), spermine, spermidine, polyamine, pseudopeptide-polyamine, peptidomimetic polyamine, dendrimer polyamine, arginine, amidine, protamine, cationic lipid, cationic porphyrin, quaternary salt of a polyamine, or an alpha helical peptide.
  • Ligands can also include targeting groups, e.g., a cell or tissue targeting agent, e.g., a lectin, glycoprotein, lipid or protein, e.g., an antibody, that binds to a specified cell type such as a kidney cell.
  • a cell or tissue targeting agent e.g., a lectin, glycoprotein, lipid or protein, e.g., an antibody, that binds to a specified cell type such as a kidney cell.
  • a targeting group can be a thyrotropin, melanotropin, lectin, glycoprotein, surfactant protein A, Mucin carbohydrate, multivalent lactose, monovalent or multivalent galactose, N-acetyl-galactosamine, N-acetyl-glucosamine multivalent mannose, multivalent fucose, glycosylated polyaminoacids, transferrin, bisphosphonate, polyglutamate, polyaspartate, a lipid, cholesterol, a steroid, bile acid, folate, vitamin B12, vitamin A, biotin, or an RGD peptide or RGD peptide mimetic.
  • ligands include monovalent or multivalent galactose.
  • ligands include cholesterol.
  • ligands include dyes, intercalating agents (e.g. acridines), cross-linkers (e.g. psoralen, mitomycin C), porphyrins (TPPC4, texaphyrin, Sapphyrin), polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., phenazine, dihydrophenazine), artificial endonucleases (e.g.
  • intercalating agents e.g. acridines
  • cross-linkers e.g. psoralen, mitomycin C
  • porphyrins TPPC4, texaphyrin, Sapphyrin
  • polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons e.g., phenazine, dihydrophenazine
  • artificial endonucleases e.g.
  • EDTA lipophilic molecules, e.g., cholesterol, cholic acid, adamantane acetic acid, 1-pyrene butyric acid, dihydrotestosterone, 1,3-Bis-O(hexadecyl)glycerol, geranyloxyhexyl group, hexadecylglycerol, borneol, menthol, 1,3-propanediol, heptadecyl group, palmitic acid, myristic acid, O3-(oleoyl)lithocholic acid, O3-(oleoyl)cholenic acid, dimethoxytrityl, or phenoxazine) and peptide conjugates (e.g., antennapedia peptide, Tat peptide), alkylating agents, phosphate, amino, mercapto, PEG (e.g., PEG-40K), MPEG, [MPEG] 2 , polyamino, alkyl,
  • biotin e.g., aspirin, vitamin E, folic acid
  • transport/absorption facilitators e.g., aspirin, vitamin E, folic acid
  • synthetic ribonucleases e.g., imidazole, bisimidazole, histamine, imidazole clusters, acridine-imidazole conjugates, Eu3+ complexes of tetraazamacrocycles), dinitrophenyl, HRP, or AP.
  • Ligands can be proteins, e.g., glycoproteins, or peptides, e.g., molecules having a specific affinity for a co-ligand, or antibodies e.g., an antibody, that binds to a specified cell type such as a hepatic cell.
  • Ligands can also include hormones and hormone receptors. They can also include non-peptidic species, such as lipids, lectins, carbohydrates, vitamins, cofactors, multivalent lactose, multivalent galactose, N-acetyl-galactosamine, N-acetyl-glucosamine multivalent mannose, or multivalent fucose.
  • the ligand can be, for example, a lipopolysaccharide, an activator of p38 MAP kinase, or an activator of NF- ⁇ B.
  • the ligand can be a substance, e.g., a drug, which can increase the uptake of the iRNA agent into the cell, for example, by disrupting the cell's cytoskeleton, e.g., by disrupting the cell's microtubules, microfilaments, and/or intermediate filaments.
  • the drug can be, for example, taxon, vincristine, vinblastine, cytochalasin, nocodazole, jasplakinolide, latrunculin A, phalloidin, swinholide A, indanocine, or myoservin.
  • a ligand attached to an iRNA as described herein acts as a pharmacokinetic modulator (PK modulator).
  • PK modulators include lipophiles, bile acids, steroids, phospholipid analogues, peptides, protein binding agents, PEG, vitamins etc.
  • Exemplary PK modulators include, but are not limited to, cholesterol, fatty acids, cholic acid, lithocholic acid, dialkylglycerides, diacylglyceride, phospholipids, sphingolipids, naproxen, ibuprofen, vitamin E, biotin etc.
  • Oligonucleotides that comprise a number of phosphorothioate linkages are also known to bind to serum protein, thus short oligonucleotides, e.g., oligonucleotides of about 5 bases, 10 bases, 15 bases or 20 bases, comprising multiple of phosphorothioate linkages in the backbone are also amenable to the present invention as ligands (e.g. as PK modulating ligands).
  • ligands e.g. as PK modulating ligands
  • aptamers that bind serum components are also suitable for use as PK modulating ligands in the embodiments described herein.
  • Ligand-conjugated oligonucleotides of the invention may be synthesized by the use of an oligonucleotide that bears a pendant reactive functionality, such as that derived from the attachment of a linking molecule onto the oligonucleotide (described below).
  • This reactive oligonucleotide may be reacted directly with commercially-available ligands, ligands that are synthesized bearing any of a variety of protecting groups, or ligands that have a linking moiety attached thereto.
  • oligonucleotides used in the conjugates of the present invention may be conveniently and routinely made through the well-known technique of solid-phase synthesis.
  • Equipment for such synthesis is sold by several vendors including, for example, Applied Biosystems (Foster City, Calif.). Any other means for such synthesis known in the art may additionally or alternatively be employed. It is also known to use similar techniques to prepare other oligonucleotides, such as the phosphorothioates and alkylated derivatives.
  • the oligonucleotides and oligonucleosides may be assembled on a suitable DNA synthesizer utilizing standard nucleotide or nucleoside precursors, or nucleotide or nucleoside conjugate precursors that already bear the linking moiety, ligand-nucleotide or nucleoside-conjugate precursors that already bear the ligand molecule, or non-nucleoside ligand-bearing building blocks.
  • the oligonucleotides or linked nucleosides of the present invention are synthesized by an automated synthesizer using phosphoramidites derived from ligand-nucleoside conjugates in addition to the standard phosphoramidites and non-standard phosphoramidites that are commercially available and routinely used in oligonucleotide synthesis.
  • the ligand or conjugate is a lipid or lipid-based molecule.
  • a lipid or lipid-based molecule preferably binds a serum protein, e.g., human serum albumin (HSA).
  • HSA binding ligand allows for distribution of the conjugate to a target tissue, e.g., a non-kidney target tissue of the body.
  • the target tissue can be the liver, including parenchymal cells of the liver.
  • Other molecules that can bind HSA can also be used as ligands. For example, naproxen or aspirin can be used.
  • a lipid or lipid-based ligand can (a) increase resistance to degradation of the conjugate, (b) increase targeting or transport into a target cell or cell membrane, and/or (c) can be used to adjust binding to a serum protein, e.g., HSA.
  • a serum protein e.g., HSA.
  • a lipid based ligand can be used to inhibit, e.g., control the binding of the conjugate to a target tissue.
  • a lipid or lipid-based ligand that binds to HSA more strongly will be less likely to be targeted to the kidney and therefore less likely to be cleared from the body.
  • a lipid or lipid-based ligand that binds to HSA less strongly can be used to target the conjugate to the kidney.
  • the lipid based ligand binds HSA.
  • it binds HSA with a sufficient affinity such that the conjugate will be preferably distributed to a non-kidney tissue.
  • the affinity it is preferred that the affinity not be so strong that the HSA-ligand binding cannot be reversed.
  • the lipid based ligand binds HSA weakly or not at all, such that the conjugate will be preferably distributed to the kidney.
  • Other moieties that target to kidney cells can also be used in place of or in addition to the lipid based ligand.
  • the ligand is a moiety, e.g., a vitamin, which is taken up by a target cell, e.g., a proliferating cell.
  • a target cell e.g., a proliferating cell.
  • vitamins include vitamin A, E, and K.
  • Other exemplary vitamins include are B vitamin, e.g., folic acid, B12, riboflavin, biotin, pyridoxal or other vitamins or nutrients taken up by target cells such as liver cells.
  • the ligand is a cell-permeation agent, preferably a helical cell-permeation agent.
  • the agent is amphipathic.
  • An exemplary agent is a peptide such as tat or antennopedia. If the agent is a peptide, it can be modified, including a peptidylmimetic, invertomers, non-peptide or pseudo-peptide linkages, and use of D-amino acids.
  • the helical agent is preferably an alpha-helical agent, which preferably has a lipophilic and a lipophobic phase.
  • the ligand can be a peptide or peptidomimetic.
  • a peptidomimetic also referred to herein as an oligopeptidomimetic is a molecule capable of folding into a defined three-dimensional structure similar to a natural peptide.
  • the attachment of peptide and peptidomimetics to iRNA agents can affect pharmacokinetic distribution of the iRNA, such as by enhancing cellular recognition and absorption.
  • the peptide or peptidomimetic moiety can be about 5-50 amino acids long, e.g., about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 amino acids long.
  • a peptide or peptidomimetic can be, for example, a cell permeation peptide, cationic peptide, amphipathic peptide, or hydrophobic peptide (e.g., consisting primarily of Tyr, Trp or Phe).
  • the peptide moiety can be a dendrimer peptide, constrained peptide or crosslinked peptide.
  • the peptide moiety can include a hydrophobic membrane translocation sequence (MTS).
  • An exemplary hydrophobic MTS-containing peptide is RFGF having the amino acid sequence AAVALLPAVLLALLAP (SEQ ID NO: 3).
  • An RFGF analogue e.g., amino acid sequence AALLPVLLAAP (SEQ ID NO: 4) containing a hydrophobic MTS can also be a targeting moiety.
  • the peptide moiety can be a “delivery” peptide, which can carry large polar molecules including peptides, oligonucleotides, and protein across cell membranes.
  • sequences from the HIV Tat protein GRKKRRQRRRPPQ (SEQ ID NO: 5) and the Drosophila Antennapedia protein (RQIKIWFQNRRMKWKK (SEQ ID NO: 6) have been found to be capable of functioning as delivery peptides.
  • a peptide or peptidomimetic can be encoded by a random sequence of DNA, such as a peptide identified from a phage-display library, or one-bead-one-compound (OBOC) combinatorial library (Lam et al., Nature, 354:82-84, 1991).
  • OBOC one-bead-one-compound
  • Examples of a peptide or peptidomimetic tethered to a dsRNA agent via an incorporated monomer unit for cell targeting purposes is an arginine-glycine-aspartic acid (RGD)-peptide, or RGD mimic.
  • a peptide moiety can range in length from about 5 amino acids to about 40 amino acids.
  • the peptide moieties can have a structural modification, such as to increase stability or direct conformational properties. Any of the structural modifications described below can be utilized.
  • RGD peptide for use in the compositions and methods of the invention may be linear or cyclic, and may be modified, e.g., glycosylated or methylated, to facilitate targeting to a specific tissue(s).
  • RGD-containing peptides and peptidiomimemtics may include D-amino acids, as well as synthetic RGD mimics.
  • a “cell permeation peptide” is capable of permeating a cell, e.g., a microbial cell, such as a bacterial or fungal cell, or a mammalian cell, such as a human cell.
  • a microbial cell-permeating peptide can be, for example, a ⁇ -helical linear peptide (e.g., LL-37 or Ceropin P1), a disulfide bond-containing peptide (e.g., ⁇ -defensin, ⁇ -defensin or bactenecin), or a peptide containing only one or two dominating amino acids (e.g., PR-39 or indolicidin).
  • a cell permeation peptide can also include a nuclear localization signal (NLS).
  • NLS nuclear localization signal
  • a cell permeation peptide can be a bipartite amphipathic peptide, such as MPG, which is derived from the fusion peptide domain of HIV-1 gp41 and the NLS of SV40 large T antigen (Simeoni et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 31:2717-2724, 2003).
  • an iRNA oligonucleotide further comprises a carbohydrate.
  • the carbohydrate conjugated iRNA are advantageous for the in vivo delivery of nucleic acids, as well as compositions suitable for in vivo therapeutic use, as described herein.
  • “carbohydrate” refers to a compound which is either a carbohydrate per se made up of one or more monosaccharide units having at least 6 carbon atoms (which can be linear, branched or cyclic) with an oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atom bonded to each carbon atom; or a compound having as a part thereof a carbohydrate moiety made up of one or more monosaccharide units each having at least six carbon atoms (which can be linear, branched or cyclic), with an oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atom bonded to each carbon atom.
  • Representative carbohydrates include the sugars (mono-, di-, tri- and oligosaccharides containing from about 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9 monosaccharide units), and polysaccharides such as starches, glycogen, cellulose and polysaccharide gums.
  • Specific monosaccharides include C5 and above (e.g., C5, C6, C7, or C8) sugars; di- and trisaccharides include sugars having two or three monosaccharide units (e.g., C5, C6, C7, or C8).
  • a carbohydrate conjugate for use in the compositions and methods of the invention is a monosaccharide. In another embodiment, a carbohydrate conjugate for use in the compositions and methods of the invention is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the monosaccharide is an N-acetylgalactosamine, such as
  • Another representative carbohydrate conjugate for use in the embodiments described herein includes, but is not limited to,
  • the GalNAc or GalNAc derivative is attached to an iRNA agent of the invention via a monovalent linker. In some embodiments, the GalNAc or GalNAc derivative is attached to an iRNA agent of the invention via a bivalent linker. In yet other embodiments of the invention, the GalNAc or GalNAc derivative is attached to an iRNA agent of the invention via a trivalent linker.
  • the double stranded RNAi agents of the invention comprise one GalNAc or GalNAc derivative attached to the iRNA agent.
  • the double stranded RNAi agents of the invention comprise a plurality (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6) GalNAc or GalNAc derivatives, each independently attached to a plurality of nucleotides of the double stranded RNAi agent through a plurality of monovalent linkers.
  • each unpaired nucleotide within the hairpin loop may independently comprise a GalNAc or GalNAc derivative attached via a monovalent linker.
  • the hairpin loop may also be formed by an extended overhang in one strand of the duplex.
  • the carbohydrate conjugate further comprises one or more additional ligands as described above, such as, but not limited to, a PK modulator and/or a cell permeation peptide.
  • Additional carbohydrate conjugates suitable for use in the present invention include those described in PCT Publication Nos. WO 2014/179620 and WO 2014/179627, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the conjugate or ligand described herein can be attached to an iRNA oligonucleotide with various linkers that can be cleavable or non-cleavable.
  • linker or “linking group” means an organic moiety that connects two parts of a compound, e.g., covalently attaches two parts of a compound.
  • Linkers typically comprise a direct bond or an atom such as oxygen or sulfur, a unit such as NRB, C(O), C(O)NH, SO, SO 2 , SO 2 NH or a chain of atoms, such as, but not limited to, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylalkynyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkenyl, heterocyclylalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alky
  • a cleavable linking group is one which is sufficiently stable outside the cell, but which upon entry into a target cell is cleaved to release the two parts the linker is holding together.
  • the cleavable linking group is cleaved at least about 10 times, 20, times, 30 times, 40 times, 50 times, 60 times, 70 times, 80 times, 90 times or more, or at least about 100 times faster in a target cell or under a first reference condition (which can, e.g., be selected to mimic or represent intracellular conditions) than in the blood of a subject, or under a second reference condition (which can, e.g., be selected to mimic or represent conditions found in the blood or serum).
  • a first reference condition which can, e.g., be selected to mimic or represent intracellular conditions
  • a second reference condition which can, e.g., be selected to mimic or represent conditions found in the blood or serum.
  • Cleavable linking groups are susceptible to cleavage agents, e.g., pH, redox potential or the presence of degradative molecules. Generally, cleavage agents are more prevalent or found at higher levels or activities inside cells than in serum or blood. Examples of such degradative agents include: redox agents which are selected for particular substrates or which have no substrate specificity, including, e.g., oxidative or reductive enzymes or reductive agents such as mercaptans, present in cells, that can degrade a redox cleavable linking group by reduction; esterases; endosomes or agents that can create an acidic environment, e.g., those that result in a pH of five or lower; enzymes that can hydrolyze or degrade an acid cleavable linking group by acting as a general acid, peptidases (which can be substrate specific), and phosphatases.
  • redox agents which are selected for particular substrates or which have no substrate specificity, including, e.g.,
  • a cleavable linkage group such as a disulfide bond can be susceptible to pH.
  • the pH of human serum is 7.4, while the average intracellular pH is slightly lower, ranging from about 7.1-7.3.
  • Endosomes have a more acidic pH, in the range of 5.5-6.0, and lysosomes have an even more acidic pH at around 5.0.
  • Some linkers will have a cleavable linking group that is cleaved at a preferred pH, thereby releasing a cationic lipid from the ligand inside the cell, or into the desired compartment of the cell.
  • a linker can include a cleavable linking group that is cleavable by a particular enzyme.
  • the type of cleavable linking group incorporated into a linker can depend on the cell to be targeted.
  • a liver-targeting ligand can be linked to a cationic lipid through a linker that includes an ester group.
  • Liver cells are rich in esterases, and therefore the linker will be cleaved more efficiently in liver cells than in cell types that are not esterase-rich.
  • Other cell-types rich in esterases include cells of the lung, renal cortex, and testis.
  • Linkers that contain peptide bonds can be used when targeting cell types rich in peptidases, such as liver cells and synoviocytes.
  • the suitability of a candidate cleavable linking group can be evaluated by testing the ability of a degradative agent (or condition) to cleave the candidate linking group. It will also be desirable to also test the candidate cleavable linking group for the ability to resist cleavage in the blood or when in contact with other non-target tissue.
  • a degradative agent or condition
  • the candidate cleavable linking group for the ability to resist cleavage in the blood or when in contact with other non-target tissue.
  • the evaluations can be carried out in cell free systems, in cells, in cell culture, in organ or tissue culture, or in whole animals.
  • useful candidate compounds are cleaved at least about 2, 4, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or about 100 times faster in the cell (or under in vitro conditions selected to mimic intracellular conditions) as compared to blood or serum (or under in vitro conditions selected to mimic extracellular conditions).
  • a cleavable linking group is a redox cleavable linking group that is cleaved upon reduction or oxidation.
  • An example of reductively cleavable linking group is a disulphide linking group (-S-S-).
  • a candidate cleavable linking group is a suitable “reductively cleavable linking group,” or for example is suitable for use with a particular iRNA moiety and particular targeting agent one can look to methods described herein.
  • a candidate can be evaluated by incubation with dithiothreitol (DTT), or other reducing agent using reagents know in the art, which mimic the rate of cleavage which would be observed in a cell, e.g., a target cell.
  • the candidates can also be evaluated under conditions which are selected to mimic blood or serum conditions.
  • candidate compounds are cleaved by at most about 10% in the blood.
  • useful candidate compounds are degraded at least about 2, 4, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or about 100 times faster in the cell (or under in vitro conditions selected to mimic intracellular conditions) as compared to blood (or under in vitro conditions selected to mimic extracellular conditions).
  • the rate of cleavage of candidate compounds can be determined using standard enzyme kinetics assays under conditions chosen to mimic intracellular media and compared to conditions chosen to mimic extracellular media.
  • a cleavable linker comprises a phosphate-based cleavable linking group.
  • a phosphate-based cleavable linking group is cleaved by agents that degrade or hydrolyze the phosphate group.
  • An example of an agent that cleaves phosphate groups in cells are enzymes such as phosphatases in cells.
  • phosphate-based linking groups are —O—P(O)(ORk)-O—, —O—P(S)(ORk)-O—, —O—P(S)(SRk)-O—, —S—P(O)(ORk)-O—, —O—P(O)(ORk)-S—, —S—P(O)(ORk)-S—, —O—P(S)(ORk)-S—, —S—P(S)(ORk)-O—, —O—P(O)(Rk)-O—, —O—P(S)(Rk)-O—, —S—P(O)(Rk)-O—, —S—P(O)(Rk)-O—, —S—P(O)(Rk)-O—, —S—P(O)(Rk)-O—, —S—P(O)(Rk)-O—, —S—P(
  • Preferred embodiments are —O—P(O)(OH)—O—, —O—P(S)(OH)—O—, —O—P(S)(SH)—O—, —S—P(O)(OH)—O—, —O—P(O)(OH)—S—, —S—P(O)(OH)—S—, —O—P(S)(OH)—S—, —S—P(S)(OH)—O—, —O—P(O)(H)—O—, —O—P(S)(H)—O—, —S—P(O)(H)—O—, —S—P(O)(H)—O—, —S—P(O)(H)—S—, —O—P(S)(H)—S—.
  • a preferred embodiment is —O—P(O)(OH)—O—.
  • a cleavable linker comprises an acid cleavable linking group.
  • An acid cleavable linking group is a linking group that is cleaved under acidic conditions.
  • acid cleavable linking groups are cleaved in an acidic environment with a pH of about 6.5 or lower (e.g., about 6.0, 5.75, 5.5, 5.25, 5.0, or lower), or by agents such as enzymes that can act as a general acid.
  • specific low pH organelles such as endosomes and lysosomes can provide a cleaving environment for acid cleavable linking groups.
  • Acid cleavable linking groups include but are not limited to hydrazones, esters, and esters of amino acids.
  • Acid cleavable groups can have the general formula —C ⁇ NN—, C(O)O, or —OC(O).
  • a preferred embodiment is when the carbon attached to the oxygen of the ester (the alkoxy group) is an aryl group, substituted alkyl group, or tertiary alkyl group such as dimethyl pentyl or t-butyl.
  • a cleavable linker comprises an ester-based cleavable linking group.
  • An ester-based cleavable linking group is cleaved by enzymes such as esterases and amidases in cells.
  • Examples of ester-based cleavable linking groups include but are not limited to esters of alkylene, alkenylene and alkynylene groups.
  • Ester cleavable linking groups have the general formula —C(O)O—, or —OC(O)—. These candidates can be evaluated using methods analogous to those described above.
  • a cleavable linker comprises a peptide-based cleavable linking group.
  • a peptide-based cleavable linking group is cleaved by enzymes such as peptidases and proteases in cells.
  • Peptide-based cleavable linking groups are peptide bonds formed between amino acids to yield oligopeptides (e.g., dipeptides, tripeptides etc.) and polypeptides.
  • Peptide-based cleavable groups do not include the amide group (—C(O)NH—).
  • the amide group can be formed between any alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene.
  • a peptide bond is a special type of amide bond formed between amino acids to yield peptides and proteins.
  • the peptide based cleavage group is generally limited to the peptide bond (i.e., the amide bond) formed between amino acids yielding peptides and proteins and does not include the entire amide functional group.
  • Peptide-based cleavable linking groups have the general formula —NHCHRAC(O)NHCHRBC(O)—, where RA and RB are the R groups of the two adjacent amino acids. These candidates can be evaluated using methods analogous to those described above.
  • an iRNA of the invention is conjugated to a carbohydrate through a linker.
  • iRNA carbohydrate conjugates with linkers of the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to,
  • a ligand is one or more GalNAc (N-acetylgalactosamine) derivatives attached through a bivalent or trivalent branched linker.
  • GalNAc N-acetylgalactosamine
  • a dsRNA of the invention is conjugated to a bivalent or trivalent branched linker selected from the group of structures shown in any of formula (XXXII)-(XXXV):
  • q2A, q2B, q3A, q3B, q4A, q4B, q5A, q5B and q5C represent independently for each occurrence 0-20 and wherein the repeating unit can be the same or different;
  • P 2A , P 2B , P 3A , P 3B , P 4A , P 4B , P 5A , P 5B , P 5C , T 2A , T 2B , T 3A , T 3B , T 4A , T 4B , T 4A , T 5B , T 5C are each independently for each occurrence absent, CO, NH, O, S, OC(O), NHC(O), CH 2 , CH 2 NH or CH 2 O;
  • L 2A , L 2B , L 3A , L 3B , L 4A , L 4B , L 5A , L 5B and L 5C represent the ligand; i.e. each independently for each occurrence a monosaccharide (such as GalNAc), disaccharide, trisaccharide, tetrasaccharide, oligosaccharide, or polysaccharide; and R a is H or amino acid side chain.
  • Trivalent conjugating GalNAc derivatives are particularly useful for use with RNAi agents for inhibiting the expression of a target gene, such as those of formula (XXXVI):
  • L 5A , L 5B and L 5C represent a monosaccharide, such as GalNAc derivative.
  • Suitable bivalent and trivalent branched linker groups conjugating GalNAc derivatives include, but are not limited to, the structures recited above as formulas II, VII, XI, X, and XIII
  • RNA conjugates include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,828,979; 4,948,882; 5,218,105; 5,525,465; 5,541,313; 5,545,730; 5,552,538; 5,578,717, 5,580,731; 5,591,584; 5,109,124; 5,118,802; 5,138,045; 5,414,077; 5,486,603; 5,512,439; 5,578,718; 5,608,046; 4,587,044; 4,605,735; 4,667,025; 4,762,779; 4,789,737; 4,824,941; 4,835,263; 4,876,335; 4,904,582; 4,958,013; 5,082,830; 5,112,963; 5,214,136; 5,082,830; 5,112,963; 5,214,136; 5,245,022; 5,254,469; 5,258,506; 5,26
  • the present invention also includes iRNA compounds that are chimeric compounds.
  • iRNA compounds or “chimeras,” in the context of this invention are iRNA compounds, preferably dsRNAs, which contain two or more chemically distinct regions, each made up of at least one monomer unit, i.e., a nucleotide in the case of a dsRNA compound. These iRNAs typically contain at least one region wherein the RNA is modified so as to confer upon the iRNA increased resistance to nuclease degradation, increased cellular uptake, and/or increased binding affinity for the target nucleic acid. An additional region of the iRNA can serve as a substrate for enzymes capable of cleaving RNA:DNA or RNA:RNA hybrids.
  • RNase H is a cellular endonuclease which cleaves the RNA strand of an RNA:DNA duplex. Activation of RNase H, therefore, results in cleavage of the RNA target, thereby greatly enhancing the efficiency of iRNA inhibition of gene expression. Consequently, comparable results can often be obtained with shorter iRNAs when chimeric dsRNAs are used, compared to phosphorothioate deoxy dsRNAs hybridizing to the same target region. Cleavage of the RNA target can be routinely detected by gel electrophoresis and, if necessary, associated nucleic acid hybridization techniques known in the art.
  • the RNA of an iRNA can be modified by a non-ligand group.
  • non-ligand molecules have been conjugated to iRNAs in order to enhance the activity, cellular distribution or cellular uptake of the iRNA, and procedures for performing such conjugations are available in the scientific literature.
  • Such non-ligand moieties have included lipid moieties, such as cholesterol (Kubo, T. et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 2007, 365(1):54-61; Letsinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1989, 86:6553), cholic acid (Manoharan et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem.
  • a thioether e.g., hexyl-S-tritylthiol (Manoharan et al., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 1992, 660:306; Manoharan et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Let., 1993, 3:2765), a thiocholesterol (Oberhauser et al., Nucl.
  • Acids Res., 1990, 18:3777 a polyamine or a polyethylene glycol chain (Manoharan et al., Nucleosides & Nucleotides, 1995, 14:969), or adamantane acetic acid (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36:3651), a palmityl moiety (Mishra et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1995, 1264:229), or an octadecylamine or hexylamino-carbonyl-oxycholesterol moiety (Crooke et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 1996, 277:923).
  • RNA conjugates Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of such RNA conjugates have been listed above. Typical conjugation protocols involve the synthesis of an RNAs bearing an aminolinker at one or more positions of the sequence. The amino group is then reacted with the molecule being conjugated using appropriate coupling or activating reagents. The conjugation reaction can be performed either with the RNA still bound to the solid support or following cleavage of the RNA, in solution phase. Purification of the RNA conjugate by HPLC typically affords the pure conjugate.
  • an iRNA of the invention to a cell e.g., a cell within a subject, such as a human subject (e.g., a subject in need thereof, such as a subject having a disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression) can be achieved in a number of different ways.
  • delivery may be performed by contacting a cell with an iRNA of the invention either in vitro or in vivo.
  • In vivo delivery may also be performed directly by administering a composition comprising an iRNA, e.g., a dsRNA, to a subject.
  • in vivo delivery may be performed indirectly by administering one or more vectors that encode and direct the expression of the iRNA.
  • any method of delivering a nucleic acid molecule can be adapted for use with an iRNA of the invention (see e.g., Akhtar S. and Julian R L. (1992) Trends Cell. Biol. 2(5):139-144 and WO94/02595, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties).
  • factors to consider in order to deliver an iRNA molecule include, for example, biological stability of the delivered molecule, prevention of non-specific effects, and accumulation of the delivered molecule in the target tissue.
  • the non-specific effects of an iRNA can be minimized by local administration, for example, by direct injection or implantation into a tissue or topically administering the preparation.
  • VEGF dsRNA intraocular delivery of a VEGF dsRNA by intravitreal injection in cynomolgus monkeys (Tolentino, M J., et al (2004) Retina 24:132-138) and subretinal injections in mice (Reich, S J., et al (2003) Mol. Vis.
  • RNA interference has also shown success with local delivery to the CNS by direct injection (Dorn, G., et al. (2004) Nucleic Acids 32:e49; Tan, P H., et al (2005) Gene Ther.
  • the RNA can be modified or alternatively delivered using a drug delivery system; both methods act to prevent the rapid degradation of the dsRNA by endo- and exo-nucleases in vivo. Modification of the RNA or the pharmaceutical carrier can also permit targeting of the iRNA composition to the target tissue and avoid undesirable off-target effects. iRNA molecules can be modified by chemical conjugation to lipophilic groups such as cholesterol to enhance cellular uptake and prevent degradation.
  • an iRNA directed against ApoB conjugated to a lipophilic cholesterol moiety was injected systemically into mice and resulted in knockdown of apoB mRNA in both the liver and jejunum (Soutschek, J., et al (2004) Nature 432:173-178). Conjugation of an iRNA to an aptamer has been shown to inhibit tumor growth and mediate tumor regression in a mouse model of prostate cancer (McNamara, J O., et al (2006) Nat. Biotechnol. 24:1005-1015).
  • the iRNA can be delivered using drug delivery systems such as a nanoparticle, a dendrimer, a polymer, liposomes, or a cationic delivery system.
  • Positively charged cationic delivery systems facilitate binding of an iRNA molecule (negatively charged) and also enhance interactions at the negatively charged cell membrane to permit efficient uptake of an iRNA by the cell.
  • Cationic lipids, dendrimers, or polymers can either be bound to an iRNA, or induced to form a vesicle or micelle (see e.g., Kim S H., et al (2008) Journal of Controlled Release 129(2):107-116) that encases an iRNA.
  • vesicles or micelles further prevents degradation of the iRNA when administered systemically.
  • Methods for making and administering cationic-iRNA complexes are well within the abilities of one skilled in the art (see e.g., Sorensen, D R., et al (2003) J. Mol. Biol 327:761-766; Verma, U N., et al (2003) Clin. Cancer Res. 9:1291-1300; Arnold, A S et al (2007) J. Hypertens. 25:197-205, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety).
  • DOTAP Disposon-based lipid particles
  • Oligofectamine “solid nucleic acid lipid particles”
  • cardiolipin Choen, P Y., et al (2006) Cancer Gene Ther. 12:321-328; Pal, A., et al (2005) Int J. Oncol. 26:1087-1091
  • polyethyleneimine Bonnet M E., et al (2008) Pharm. Res . August 16 Epub ahead of print; Aigner, A. (2006) J.
  • an iRNA forms a complex with cyclodextrin for systemic administration.
  • Methods for administration and pharmaceutical compositions of iRNAs and cyclodextrins can be found in U.S. Pat. No. 7,427,605, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • iRNA targeting the PCSK9 gene can be expressed from transcription units inserted into DNA or RNA vectors (see, e.g., Couture, A, et al., TIG . (1996), 12:5-10; Skillern, A., et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 00/22113, Conrad, International PCT Publication No. WO 00/22114, and Conrad, U.S. Pat. No. 6,054,299). Expression can be transient (on the order of hours to weeks) or sustained (weeks to months or longer), depending upon the specific construct used and the target tissue or cell type.
  • transgenes can be introduced as a linear construct, a circular plasmid, or a viral vector, which can be an integrating or non-integrating vector.
  • the transgene can also be constructed to permit it to be inherited as an extrachromosomal plasmid (Gassmann, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1995) 92:1292).
  • the individual strand or strands of an iRNA can be transcribed from a promoter on an expression vector.
  • two separate expression vectors can be co-introduced (e.g., by transfection or infection) into a target cell.
  • each individual strand of a dsRNA can be transcribed by promoters both of which are located on the same expression plasmid.
  • a dsRNA is expressed as inverted repeat polynucleotides joined by a linker polynucleotide sequence such that the dsRNA has a stem and loop structure.
  • iRNA expression vectors are generally DNA plasmids or viral vectors. Expression vectors compatible with eukaryotic cells, preferably those compatible with vertebrate cells, can be used to produce recombinant constructs for the expression of an iRNA as described herein. Eukaryotic cell expression vectors are well known in the art and are available from a number of commercial sources. Typically, such vectors are provided containing convenient restriction sites for insertion of the desired nucleic acid segment. Delivery of iRNA expressing vectors can be systemic, such as by intravenous or intramuscular administration, by administration to target cells ex-planted from the patient followed by reintroduction into the patient, or by any other means that allows for introduction into a desired target cell.
  • iRNA expression plasmids can be transfected into target cells as a complex with cationic lipid carriers (e.g., Oligofectamine) or non-cationic lipid-based carriers (e.g., Transit-TKOTM). Multiple lipid transfections for iRNA-mediated knockdowns targeting different regions of a target RNA over a period of a week or more are also contemplated by the invention.
  • Successful introduction of vectors into host cells can be monitored using various known methods. For example, transient transfection can be signaled with a reporter, such as a fluorescent marker, such as Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP). Stable transfection of cells ex vivo can be ensured using markers that provide the transfected cell with resistance to specific environmental factors (e.g., antibiotics and drugs), such as hygromycin B resistance.
  • a reporter such as a fluorescent marker, such as Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP).
  • Viral vector systems which can be utilized with the methods and compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, (a) adenovirus vectors; (b) retrovirus vectors, including but not limited to lentiviral vectors, moloney murine leukemia virus, etc.; (c) adeno-associated virus vectors; (d) herpes simplex virus vectors; (e) SV 40 vectors; (f) polyoma virus vectors; (g) papilloma virus vectors; (h) picornavirus vectors; (i) pox virus vectors such as an orthopox, e.g., vaccinia virus vectors or avipox, e.g.
  • pox virus vectors such as an orthopox, e.g., vaccinia virus vectors or avipox, e.g.
  • the constructs can include viral sequences for transfection, if desired.
  • the construct can be incorporated into vectors capable of episomal replication, e.g. EPV and EBV vectors.
  • Constructs for the recombinant expression of an iRNA will generally require regulatory elements, e.g., promoters, enhancers, etc., to ensure the expression of the iRNA in target cells. Other aspects to consider for vectors and constructs are further described below.
  • Vectors useful for the delivery of an iRNA will include regulatory elements (promoter, enhancer, etc.) sufficient for expression of the iRNA in the desired target cell or tissue.
  • the regulatory elements can be chosen to provide either constitutive or regulated/inducible expression.
  • Expression of the iRNA can be precisely regulated, for example, by using an inducible regulatory sequence that is sensitive to certain physiological regulators, e.g., circulating glucose levels, or hormones (Docherty et al., 1994 , FASEB J. 8:20-24).
  • inducible expression systems suitable for the control of dsRNA expression in cells or in mammals include, for example, regulation by ecdysone, by estrogen, progesterone, tetracycline, chemical inducers of dimerization, and isopropyl-beta-D1-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG).
  • IPTG isopropyl-beta-D1-thiogalactopyranoside
  • Viral vectors that contain nucleic acid sequences encoding an iRNA can be used.
  • a retroviral vector can be used (see Miller et al., Meth. Enzymol. 217:581-599 (1993)). These retroviral vectors contain the components necessary for the correct packaging of the viral genome and integration into the host cell DNA.
  • the nucleic acid sequences encoding an iRNA are cloned into one or more vectors, which facilitate delivery of the nucleic acid into a patient.
  • retroviral vectors can be found, for example, in Boesen et al., Biotherapy 6:291-302 (1994), which describes the use of a retroviral vector to deliver the mdr1 gene to hematopoietic stem cells in order to make the stem cells more resistant to chemotherapy.
  • Other references illustrating the use of retroviral vectors in gene therapy are: Clowes et al., J. Clin. Invest. 93:644-651 (1994); Kiem et al., Blood 83:1467-1473 (1994); Salmons and Gunzberg, Human Gene Therapy 4:129-141 (1993); and Grossman and Wilson, Curr. Opin. in Genetics and Devel. 3:110-114 (1993).
  • Lentiviral vectors contemplated for use include, for example, the HIV based vectors described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,143,520; 5,665,557; and 5,981,276, which are herein incorporated by reference.
  • Adenoviruses are also contemplated for use in delivery of iRNAs of the invention.
  • Adenoviruses are especially attractive vehicles, e.g., for delivering genes to respiratory epithelia. Adenoviruses naturally infect respiratory epithelia where they cause a mild disease. Other targets for adenovirus-based delivery systems are liver, the central nervous system, endothelial cells, and muscle. Adenoviruses have the advantage of being capable of infecting non-dividing cells. Kozarsky and Wilson, Current Opinion in Genetics and Development 3:499-503 (1993) present a review of adenovirus-based gene therapy.
  • a suitable AV vector for expressing an iRNA featured in the invention a method for constructing the recombinant AV vector, and a method for delivering the vector into target cells, are described in Xia H et al. (2002), Nat. Biotech. 20: 1006-1010.
  • Adeno-associated virus (AAV) vectors may also be used to delivery an iRNA of the invention (Walsh et al., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 204:289-300 (1993); U.S. Pat. No. 5,436,146).
  • the iRNA can be expressed as two separate, complementary single-stranded RNA molecules from a recombinant AAV vector having, for example, either the U6 or H1 RNA promoters, or the cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter.
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • Suitable AAV vectors for expressing the dsRNA featured in the invention, methods for constructing the recombinant AV vector, and methods for delivering the vectors into target cells are described in Samulski R et al. (1987), J. Virol. 61: 3096-3101; Fisher K J et al. (1996), J. Virol, 70: 520-532; Samulski R et al. (1989), J. Virol. 63: 3822-3826; U.S. Pat. No. 5,252,479; U.S. Pat. No. 5,139,941; International Patent Application No. WO 94/13788; and International Patent Application No. WO 93/24641, the entire disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference.
  • Another viral vector sui for delivery of an iRNA of the invention is a pox virus such as a vaccinia virus, for example an attenuated vaccinia such as Modified Virus Ankara (MVA) or NYVAC, an avipox such as fowl pox or canary pox.
  • a pox virus such as a vaccinia virus, for example an attenuated vaccinia such as Modified Virus Ankara (MVA) or NYVAC, an avipox such as fowl pox or canary pox.
  • viral vectors can be modified by pseudotyping the vectors with envelope proteins or other surface antigens from other viruses, or by substituting different viral capsid proteins, as appropriate.
  • lentiviral vectors can be pseudotyped with surface proteins from vesicular stomatitis virus (VSV), rabies, Ebola, Mokola, and the like.
  • AAV vectors can be made to target different cells by engineering the vectors to express different capsid protein serotypes; see, e.g., Rabinowitz J E et al. (2002), J Virol 76:791-801, the entire disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • the pharmaceutical preparation of a vector can include the vector in an acceptable diluent, or can include a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded.
  • the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells which produce the gene delivery system.
  • the present invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions and formulations which include the iRNAs of the invention.
  • pharmaceutical compositions containing an iRNA, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are provided herein.
  • phrases “pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human subjects and animal subjects without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, manufacturing aid (e.g., lubricant, talc magnesium, calcium or zinc stearate, or steric acid), or solvent encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the subject compound from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
  • manufacturing aid e.g., lubricant, talc magnesium, calcium or zinc stearate, or steric acid
  • solvent encapsulating material involved in carrying or transporting the subject compound from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
  • Each carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the subject being treated.
  • materials which can serve as pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) lubricating agents, such as magnesium state, sodium lauryl sulfate and talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (1
  • compositions containing the iRNA are useful for treating a disease or disorder associated with the expression or activity of a PCSK9, e.g. a disease or disorder that would benefit from reduction in PCSK9 expression.
  • Such pharmaceutical compositions are formulated based on the mode of delivery.
  • compositions that are formulated for systemic administration via parenteral delivery e.g., by subcutaneous (SC), intramuscular (IM), or intravenous (IV) delivery.
  • compositions that are formulated for direct delivery into the brain parenchyma e.g., by infusion into the brain, such as by continuous pump infusion.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be administered in dosages sufficient to inhibit expression of a PCSK9 gene.
  • an iRNA agent is administered to a subject as a fixed dose.
  • a fixed dose of an iRNA agent of the invention is based on a predetermined weight or age.
  • the RNAi agent is administered as a fixed dose of between about 200 mg to about 850 mg, between about 200 mg to about 500 mg, between about 200 mg to about 400 mg, between about 200 mg to about 300 mg, between about 100 mg to about 800 mg, between about 100 mg to about 750 mg, between about 100 mg to about 700 mg, between about 100 mg to about 650 mg, between about 100 mg to about 600 mg, between about 100 mg to about 550 mg, between about 100 mg to about 500 mg, between about 200 mg to about 850 mg, between about 200 mg to about 800 mg, between about 200 mg to about 750 mg, between about 200 mg to about 700 mg, between about 200 mg to about 650 mg, between about 200 mg to about 600 mg, between about 200 mg to about 550 mg, between about 200 mg to about 500 mg, between about 300 mg to about 850 mg, between about 300 mg to about 800 mg, between about 300 mg to about 750 mg, between about 300 mg to about 700 mg, between about 300 mg to about 650 mg, between about 300 mg to about 600 mg, between about 200 mg to
  • the RNAi agent is administered as a fixed dose of about 100 mg, about 125 mg, about 150 mg, about 175 mg, 200 mg, about 225 mg, about 250 mg, about 275 mg, about 300 mg, about 325 mg, about 350 mg, about 375 mg, about 400 mg, about 425 mg, about 450 mg, about 475 mg, about 500 mg, about 525 mg, about 550 mg, about 575 mg, about 600 mg, about 625 mg, about 650 mg, about 675 mg, about 700 mg, about 725 mg, about 750 mg, about 775 mg, about 800 mg, about 825 mg, or about 850 mg.
  • subjects are administered, e.g., subcutaneously or intramuscularly, multiple doses of a therapeutic amount of iRNA.
  • the iRNA may be formulated in a pharmaceutical composition at a suitable concentration such that a suitable volume of the composition is administered to the subject, such as about 1.0 mls, 1.1 ails, 1.2 ails, 1.3 ails, 1.4 ails, 1.5 ails, 1.6 ails, 1.7 ails, 1.8 ails, 1.9 ails, or about 2.0 mls of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • a suitable concentration such that a suitable volume of the composition is administered to the subject, such as about 1.0 mls, 1.1 ails, 1.2 ails, 1.3 ails, 1.4 ails, 1.5 ails, 1.6 ails, 1.7 ails, 1.8 ails, 1.9 ails, or about 2.0 mls of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • an iRNA agent of the invention is formulated in a suitable pharmaceutical formulation at about 200 mg/ml such that administration of about 1.5 mls of the formulation to a subject provides a 300 mg
  • a single dose of the iRNA agents or pharmaceutical compositions comprising such agents can be long lasting, such that subsequent doses are administered at not more than 1 week, 2 weeks, 1 month, 2 month, 3 month, 4 month, 5 month, or 6 month intervals.
  • subjects are administered, e.g., subcutaneously or intramuscularly, a repeat dose of a therapeutic amount of iRNA.
  • a repeat-dose regimen may include administration of a therapeutic amount of iRNA on a regular basis, such as once a month, once every two months, once a quarter, once every four months, once every five months, or biannually.
  • a single dose of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is administered once per quarter (qQ).
  • a single dose of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is administered bi-annually (i.e., every six months). Administration can be repeated, e.g., once every quarter for 6 months, one year, two years or longer, e.g., administered chronically.
  • the RNAi agent is administered in a dosing regimen that includes a loading phase followed by a maintenance phase.
  • the loading phase may include a single administration of the RNAi agent during the first week, a single administration of the RNAi agent during the first two weeks, or a single administration of the RNAi agent during the first month at a fixed dose of, for example, about 100 mg to about 700 mg, about 150 mg to about 700 mg, about 200 mg to about 700 mg, about 250 mg to about 700 mg, about 300 mg to about 700 mg, about 350 mg to about 700 mg, about 400 mg to about 700 mg, about 450 mg to about 700 mg, about 500 mg to about 700 mg, about 550 mg to about 700 mg, about 600 to about 700 mg, about 650 to about 700 mg, about 100 mg to about 650 mg, about 150 mg to about 650 mg, about 200 mg to about 650 mg, about 250 mg to about 650 mg, about 300 mg to about 650 mg, about 350 mg to about 650 mg, about 400 mg to about 650 mg, about 450 mg to about 650 mg, about 500 mg to about 650 mg, about 550 mg to about 650 mg, about 600 to about
  • the maintenance phase may include administration of a dose of the RNAi agent to the subject once a month, once every two months, once every three months, once every four months, once every five months, or once every six months.
  • the maintenance dose is administered to the subject once a month.
  • the maintenance dose or doses can be the same or lower than the initial dose, e.g., one-half of the initial dose.
  • a maintenance dose may be about 25 mg to about 100 mg administered to the subject monthly, for example about 25 mg to about 75 mg, about 25 mg to about 50 mg, or about 50 mg to about 75 mg, e.g., about 25 mg, about 30 mg, about 35 mg, about 40 mg, about 45 mg, about 50 mg, about 55 mg, about 60 mg, about 65 mg, about 70 mg, about 75 mg, about 80 mg, about 85 mg, about 90 mg, about 95 mg, or about 100 mg. Values and ranges intermediate to the foregoing recited values are also intended to be part of this invention.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can be administered by intravenous infusion over a period of time, such as over a 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, and 21, 22, 23, 24, or about a 25 minute period.
  • the administration may be repeated, for example, on a regular basis, such as weekly, biweekly (i.e., every two weeks) for one month, two months, three months, four months or longer.
  • the treatments can be administered on a less frequent basis. For example, after administration weekly or biweekly for three months, administration can be repeated once per month, for six months or a year or longer.
  • treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a composition can include a single treatment or a series of treatments.
  • Estimates of effective dosages and in vivo half-lives for the individual iRNAs encompassed by the invention can be made using conventional methodologies or on the basis of in vivo testing using an appropriate animal model, as described elsewhere herein.
  • compositions of the present invention can be administered in a number of ways depending upon whether local or systemic treatment is desired and upon the area to be treated.
  • Administration can be topical (e.g., by a transdermal patch), pulmonary, e.g., by inhalation or insufflation of powders or aerosols, including by nebulizer; intratracheal, intranasal, epidermal and transdermal, oral or parenteral.
  • Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection or infusion; subdermal, e.g., via an implanted device; or intracranial, e.g., by intraparenchymal, intrathecal or intraventricular, administration.
  • the iRNA can be delivered in a manner to target a particular tissue, such as the liver (e.g., the hepatocytes of the liver).
  • a particular tissue such as the liver (e.g., the hepatocytes of the liver).
  • compositions and formulations for topical administration can include transdermal patches, ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders.
  • Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder or oily bases, thickeners and the like can be necessary or desirable.
  • Coated condoms, gloves and the like can also be useful.
  • Suitable topical formulations include those in which the iRNAs featured in the invention are in admixture with a topical delivery agent such as lipids, liposomes, fatty acids, fatty acid esters, steroids, chelating agents and surfactants.
  • Suitable lipids and liposomes include neutral (e.g., dioleoylphosphatidyl DOPE ethanolamine, dimyristoylphosphatidyl choline DMPC, distearolyphosphatidyl choline) negative (e.g., dimyristoylphosphatidyl glycerol DMPG) and cationic (e.g., dioleoyltetramethylaminopropyl DOTAP and dioleoylphosphatidyl ethanolamine DOTMA).
  • neutral e.g., dioleoylphosphatidyl DOPE ethanolamine, dimyristoylphosphatidyl choline DMPC, distearolyphosphatidyl choline
  • negative e.g., dimyristoylphosphatidyl glycerol DMPG
  • cationic e.g., dioleoyltetramethylaminopropyl DOTAP and
  • iRNAs can be complexed to lipids, in particular to cationic lipids.
  • Suitable fatty acids and esters include but are not limited to arachidonic acid, oleic acid, eicosanoic acid, lauric acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, dicaprate, tricaprate, monoolein, dilaurin, glyceryl 1-monocaprate, 1-dodecylazacycloheptan-2-one, an acylcarnitine, an acylcholine, or a C 1-20 alkyl ester (e.g., isopropylmyristate IPM), monoglyceride, diglyceride or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof).
  • Topical formulations are described in detail in U.S. Pat. No. 6,747,014, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • compositions and formulations for oral administration include powders or granules, microparticulates, nanoparticulates, suspensions or solutions in water or non-aqueous media, capsules, gel capsules, sachets, tablets or minitablets. Thickeners, flavoring agents, diluents, emulsifiers, dispersing aids or binders can be desirable.
  • oral formulations are those in which dsRNAs featured in the invention are administered in conjunction with one or more penetration enhancer surfactants and chelators.
  • Suitable surfactants include fatty acids and/or esters or salts thereof, bile acids and/or salts thereof.
  • Suitable bile acids/salts include chenodeoxycholic acid (CDCA) and ursodeoxychenodeoxycholic acid (UDCA), cholic acid, dehydrocholic acid, deoxycholic acid, glucholic acid, glycholic acid, glycodeoxycholic acid, taurocholic acid, taurodeoxycholic acid, sodium tauro-24,25-dihydro-fusidate and sodium glycodihydrofusidate.
  • DCA chenodeoxycholic acid
  • UDCA ursodeoxychenodeoxycholic acid
  • cholic acid dehydrocholic acid
  • deoxycholic acid deoxycholic acid
  • glucholic acid glycholic acid
  • glycodeoxycholic acid taurocholic acid
  • taurodeoxycholic acid sodium tauro-24,25-dihydro-fusidate and sodium glycodihydrofusidate.
  • Suitable fatty acids include arachidonic acid, undecanoic acid, oleic acid, lauric acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, dicaprate, tricaprate, monoolein, dilaurin, glyceryl 1-monocaprate, 1-dodecylazacycloheptan-2-one, an acylcarnitine, an acylcholine, or a monoglyceride, a diglyceride or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (e.g., sodium).
  • arachidonic acid arachidonic acid, undecanoic acid, oleic acid, lauric acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, dicaprate, tricaprate, monoolein, dilaurin, gly
  • combinations of penetration enhancers are used, for example, fatty acids/salts in combination with bile acids/salts.
  • One exemplary combination is the sodium salt of lauric acid, capric acid and UDCA.
  • Further penetration enhancers include polyoxyethylene-9-lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene-20-cetyl ether.
  • DsRNAs featured in the invention can be delivered orally, in granular form including sprayed dried particles, or complexed to form micro or nanoparticles.
  • DsRNA complexing agents include poly-amino acids; polyimines; polyacrylates; polyalkylacrylates, polyoxethanes, polyalkylcyanoacrylates; cationized gelatins, albumins, starches, acrylates, polyethyleneglycols (PEG) and starches; polyalkylcyanoacrylates; DEAE-derivatized polyimines, pollulans, celluloses and starches.
  • Suitable complexing agents include chitosan, N-trimethylchitosan, poly-L-lysine, polyhistidine, polyornithine, polyspermines, protamine, polyvinylpyridine, polythiodiethylaminomethylethylene P(TDAE), polyaminostyrene (e.g., p-amino), poly(methylcyanoacrylate), poly(ethylcyanoacrylate), poly(butylcyanoacrylate), poly(isobutylcyanoacrylate), poly(isohexylcynaoacrylate), DEAE-methacrylate, DEAE-hexylacrylate, DEAE-acrylamide, DEAE-albumin and DEAE-dextran, polymethylacrylate, polyhexylacrylate, poly(D,L-lactic acid), poly(DL-lactic-co-glycolic acid (PLGA), alginate, and polyethyleneglycol (PEG).
  • TDAE polythiodiethylamino
  • compositions and formulations for parenteral, intraparenchymal (into the brain), intrathecal, intraventricular or intrahepatic administration can include sterile aqueous solutions which can also contain buffers, diluents and other suitable additives such as, but not limited to, penetration enhancers, carrier compounds and other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
  • compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, solutions, emulsions, and liposome-containing formulations. These compositions can be generated from a variety of components that include, but are not limited to, preformed liquids, self-emulsifying solids and self-emulsifying semisolids. Particularly preferred are formulations that target the liver when treating hepatic disorders such as hepatic carcinoma.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention can be prepared according to conventional techniques well known in the pharmaceutical industry. Such techniques include the step of bringing into association the active ingredients with the pharmaceutical carrier(s) or excipient(s). In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredients with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
  • compositions of the present invention can be formulated into any of many possible dosage forms such as, but not limited to, tablets, capsules, gel capsules, liquid syrups, soft gels, suppositories, and enemas.
  • the compositions of the present invention can also be formulated as suspensions in aqueous, non-aqueous or mixed media.
  • Aqueous suspensions can further contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension including, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol and/or dextran.
  • the suspension can also contain stabilizers.
  • compositions of the present invention can be prepared and formulated as emulsions.
  • Emulsions are typically heterogeneous systems of one liquid dispersed in another in the form of droplets usually exceeding 0.1 ⁇ m in diameter (see e.g., Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Allen, L V., Popovich N G., and Ansel H C., 2004, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (8th ed.), New York, N.Y.; Idson, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., volume 1, p.
  • Emulsions are often biphasic systems comprising two immiscible liquid phases intimately mixed and dispersed with each other.
  • emulsions can be of either the water-in-oil (w/o) or the oil-in-water (o/w) variety.
  • aqueous phase When an aqueous phase is finely divided into and dispersed as minute droplets into a bulk oily phase, the resulting composition is called a water-in-oil (w/o) emulsion.
  • oil-in-water (o/w) emulsion When an oily phase is finely divided into and dispersed as minute droplets into a bulk aqueous phase, the resulting composition is called an oil-in-water (o/w) emulsion.
  • Emulsions can contain additional components in addition to the dispersed phases, and the active drug which can be present as a solution in either the aqueous phase, oily phase or itself as a separate phase.
  • compositions can also be present in emulsions as needed.
  • Pharmaceutical emulsions can also be multiple emulsions that are comprised of more than two phases such as, for example, in the case of oil-in-water-in-oil (o/w/o) and water-in-oil-in-water (w/o/w) emulsions.
  • Such complex formulations often provide certain advantages that simple binary emulsions do not.
  • Multiple emulsions in which individual oil droplets of an o/w emulsion enclose small water droplets constitute a w/o/w emulsion.
  • a system of oil droplets enclosed in globules of water stabilized in an oily continuous phase provides an o/w/o emulsion.
  • Emulsions are characterized by little or no thermodynamic stability. Often, the dispersed or discontinuous phase of the emulsion is well dispersed into the external or continuous phase and maintained in this form through the means of emulsifiers or the viscosity of the formulation. Either of the phases of the emulsion can be a semisolid or a solid, as is the case of emulsion-style ointment bases and creams. Other means of stabilizing emulsions entail the use of emulsifiers that can be incorporated into either phase of the emulsion.
  • Emulsifiers can broadly be classified into four categories: synthetic surfactants, naturally occurring emulsifiers, absorption bases, and finely dispersed solids (see e.g., Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Allen, L V., Popovich N G., and Ansel H C., 2004, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (8th ed.), New York, N.Y.; Idson, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., volume 1, p. 199).
  • Synthetic surfactants also known as surface active agents, have found wide applicability in the formulation of emulsions and have been reviewed in the literature (see e.g., Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Allen, L V., Popovich N G., and Ansel H C., 2004, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (8th ed.), New York, N.Y.; Rieger, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., volume 1, p.
  • HLB hydrophile/lipophile balance
  • Surfactants can be classified into different classes based on the nature of the hydrophilic group: nonionic, anionic, cationic and amphoteric (see e.g., Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Allen, L V., Popovich N G., and Ansel H C., 2004, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (8th ed.), New York, N.Y. Rieger, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., volume 1, p. 285).
  • Naturally occurring emulsifiers used in emulsion formulations include lanolin, beeswax, phosphatides, lecithin and acacia.
  • Absorption bases possess hydrophilic properties such that they can soak up water to form w/o emulsions yet retain their semisolid consistencies, such as anhydrous lanolin and hydrophilic petrolatum. Finely divided solids have also been used as good emulsifiers especially in combination with surfactants and in viscous preparations.
  • polar inorganic solids such as heavy metal hydroxides, nonswelling clays such as bentonite, attapulgite, hectorite, kaolin, montmorillonite, colloidal aluminum silicate and colloidal magnesium aluminum silicate, pigments and nonpolar solids such as carbon or glyceryl tristearate.
  • non-emulsifying materials are also included in emulsion formulations and contribute to the properties of emulsions. These include fats, oils, waxes, fatty acids, fatty alcohols, fatty esters, humectants, hydrophilic colloids, preservatives and antioxidants (Block, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., volume 1, p. 335; Idson, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., volume 1, p. 199).
  • Hydrophilic colloids or hydrocolloids include naturally occurring gums and synthetic polymers such as polysaccharides (for example, acacia, agar, alginic acid, carrageenan, guar gum, karaya gum, and tragacanth), cellulose derivatives (for example, carboxymethylcellulose and carboxypropylcellulose), and synthetic polymers (for example, carbomers, cellulose ethers, and carboxyvinyl polymers). These disperse or swell in water to form colloidal solutions that stabilize emulsions by forming strong interfacial films around the dispersed-phase droplets and by increasing the viscosity of the external phase.
  • polysaccharides for example, acacia, agar, alginic acid, carrageenan, guar gum, karaya gum, and tragacanth
  • cellulose derivatives for example, carboxymethylcellulose and carboxypropylcellulose
  • synthetic polymers for example, carbomers, cellulose ethers, and
  • emulsions often contain a number of ingredients such as carbohydrates, proteins, sterols and phosphatides that can readily support the growth of microbes, these formulations often incorporate preservatives.
  • preservatives included in emulsion formulations include methyl paraben, propyl paraben, quaternary ammonium salts, benzalkonium chloride, esters of p-hydroxybenzoic acid, and boric acid.
  • Antioxidants are also commonly added to emulsion formulations to prevent deterioration of the formulation.
  • Antioxidants used can be free radical scavengers such as tocopherols, alkyl gallates, butylated hydroxyanisole, butylated hydroxytoluene, or reducing agents such as ascorbic acid and sodium metabisulfite, and antioxidant synergists such as citric acid, tartaric acid, and lecithin.
  • free radical scavengers such as tocopherols, alkyl gallates, butylated hydroxyanisole, butylated hydroxytoluene, or reducing agents such as ascorbic acid and sodium metabisulfite
  • antioxidant synergists such as citric acid, tartaric acid, and lecithin.
  • Emulsion formulations for oral delivery have been very widely used because of ease of formulation, as well as efficacy from an absorption and bioavailability standpoint (see e.g., Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Allen, L V., Popovich N G., and Ansel H C., 2004, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (8th ed.), New York, N.Y.; Rosoff, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., volume 1, p.
  • compositions of iRNAs and nucleic acids are formulated as microemulsions.
  • a microemulsion can be defined as a system of water, oil and amphiphile which is a single optically isotropic and thermodynamically stable liquid solution (see e.g., Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Allen, L V., Popovich N G., and Ansel H C., 2004, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (8th ed.), New York, N.Y.; Rosoff, in Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Lieberman, Rieger and Banker (Eds.), 1988, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., volume 1, p. 245).
  • microemulsions are systems that are prepared by first dispersing an oil in an aqueous surfactant solution and then adding a sufficient amount of a fourth component, generally an intermediate chain-length alcohol to form a transparent system. Therefore, microemulsions have also been described as thermodynamically stable, isotropically clear dispersions of two immiscible liquids that are stabilized by interfacial films of surface-active molecules (Leung and Shah, in: Controlled Release of Drugs: Polymers and Aggregate Systems, Rosoff, M., Ed., 1989, VCH Publishers, New York, pages 185-215). Microemulsions commonly are prepared via a combination of three to five components that include oil, water, surfactant, cosurfactant and electrolyte.
  • microemulsion is of the water-in-oil (w/o) or an oil-in-water (o/w) type is dependent on the properties of the oil and surfactant used and on the structure and geometric packing of the polar heads and hydrocarbon tails of the surfactant molecules (Schott, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., 1985, p. 271).
  • microemulsions offer the advantage of solubilizing water-insoluble drugs in a formulation of thermodynamically stable droplets that are formed spontaneously.
  • Surfactants used in the preparation of microemulsions include, but are not limited to, ionic surfactants, non-ionic surfactants, Brij 96, polyoxyethylene oleyl ethers, polyglycerol fatty acid esters, tetraglycerol monolaurate (ML310), tetraglycerol monooleate (MO310), hexaglycerol monooleate (PO310), hexaglycerol pentaoleate (PO500), decaglycerol monocaprate (MCA750), decaglycerol monooleate (MO750), decaglycerol sesquioleate (SO750), decaglycerol decaoleate (DAO750), alone or in combination with cosurfactants.
  • ML310 tetraglycerol monolaurate
  • MO310 tetraglycerol monooleate
  • PO310 hexaglycerol monooleate
  • PO500 hexaglyce
  • the cosurfactant usually a short-chain alcohol such as ethanol, 1-propanol, and 1-butanol, serves to increase the interfacial fluidity by penetrating into the surfactant film and consequently creating a disordered film because of the void space generated among surfactant molecules.
  • Microemulsions can, however, be prepared without the use of cosurfactants and alcohol-free self-emulsifying microemulsion systems are known in the art.
  • the aqueous phase can typically be, but is not limited to, water, an aqueous solution of the drug, glycerol, PEG300, PEG400, polyglycerols, propylene glycols, and derivatives of ethylene glycol.
  • the oil phase can include, but is not limited to, materials such as Captex 300, Captex 355, Capmul MCM, fatty acid esters, medium chain (C8-C12) mono, di, and tri-glycerides, polyoxyethylated glyceryl fatty acid esters, fatty alcohols, polyglycolized glycerides, saturated polyglycolized C8-C10 glycerides, vegetable oils and silicone oil.
  • materials such as Captex 300, Captex 355, Capmul MCM, fatty acid esters, medium chain (C8-C12) mono, di, and tri-glycerides, polyoxyethylated glyceryl fatty acid esters, fatty alcohols, polyglycolized glycerides, saturated polyglycolized C8-C10 glycerides, vegetable oils and silicone oil.
  • Microemulsions are particularly of interest from the standpoint of drug solubilization and the enhanced absorption of drugs.
  • Lipid based microemulsions both o/w and w/o have been proposed to enhance the oral bioavailability of drugs, including peptides (see e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,191,105; 7,063,860; 7,070,802; 7,157,099; Constantinides et al., Pharmaceutical Research, 1994, 11, 1385-1390; Ritschel, Meth. Find. Exp. Clin. Pharmacol., 1993, 13, 205).
  • Microemulsions afford advantages of improved drug solubilization, protection of drug from enzymatic hydrolysis, possible enhancement of drug absorption due to surfactant-induced alterations in membrane fluidity and permeability, ease of preparation, ease of oral administration over solid dosage forms, improved clinical potency, and decreased toxicity (see e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,191,105; 7,063,860; 7,070,802; 7,157,099; Constantinides et al., Pharmaceutical Research, 1994, 11, 1385; Ho et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 1996, 85, 138-143). Often microemulsions can form spontaneously when their components are brought together at ambient temperature.
  • thermolabile drugs, peptides or iRNAs This can be particularly advantageous when formulating thermolabile drugs, peptides or iRNAs.
  • Microemulsions have also been effective in the transdermal delivery of active components in both cosmetic and pharmaceutical applications. It is expected that the microemulsion compositions and formulations of the present invention will facilitate the increased systemic absorption of iRNAs and nucleic acids from the gastrointestinal tract, as well as improve the local cellular uptake of iRNAs and nucleic acids.
  • Microemulsions of the present invention can also contain additional components and additives such as sorbitan monostearate (Grill 3), Labrasol, and penetration enhancers to improve the properties of the formulation and to enhance the absorption of the iRNAs and nucleic acids of the present invention.
  • Penetration enhancers used in the microemulsions of the present invention can be classified as belonging to one of five broad categories—surfactants, fatty acids, bile salts, chelating agents, and non-chelating non-surfactants (Lee et al., Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, 1991, p. 92). Each of these classes has been discussed above.
  • an RNAi agent of the invention may be incorporated into a particle, e.g., a microparticle.
  • Microparticles can be produced by spray-drying, but may also be produced by other methods including lyophilization, evaporation, fluid bed drying, vacuum drying, or a combination of these techniques.
  • the present invention employs various penetration enhancers to effect the efficient delivery of nucleic acids, particularly iRNAs, to the skin of animals.
  • nucleic acids particularly iRNAs
  • Most drugs are present in solution in both ionized and nonionized forms. However, usually only lipid soluble or lipophilic drugs readily cross cell membranes. It has been discovered that even non-lipophilic drugs can cross cell membranes if the membrane to be crossed is treated with a penetration enhancer. In addition to aiding the diffusion of non-lipophilic drugs across cell membranes, penetration enhancers also enhance the permeability of lipophilic drugs.
  • Penetration enhancers can be classified as belonging to one of five broad categories, i.e., surfactants, fatty acids, bile salts, chelating agents, and non-chelating non-surfactants (see e.g., Malmsten, M. Surfactants and polymers in drug delivery, Informa Health Care, New York, N.Y., 2002; Lee et al., Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, 1991, p. 92). Each of the above mentioned classes of penetration enhancers are described below in greater detail.
  • Surfactants are chemical entities which, when dissolved in an aqueous solution, reduce the surface tension of the solution or the interfacial tension between the aqueous solution and another liquid, with the result that absorption of iRNAs through the mucosa is enhanced.
  • these penetration enhancers include, for example, sodium lauryl sulfate, polyoxyethylene-9-lauryl ether and polyoxyethylene-20-cetyl ether) (see e.g., Malmsten, M. Surfactants and polymers in drug delivery, Informa Health Care, New York, N.Y., 2002; Lee et al., Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, 1991, p. 92); and perfluorochemical emulsions, such as FC-43. Takahashi et al., J. Pharm. Pharmacol., 1988, 40, 252).
  • fatty acids and their derivatives which act as penetration enhancers include, for example, oleic acid, lauric acid, capric acid (n-decanoic acid), myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, dicaprate, tricaprate, monoolein (1-monooleoyl-rac-glycerol), dilaurin, caprylic acid, arachidonic acid, glycerol 1-monocaprate, 1-dodecylazacycloheptan-2-one, acylcarnitines, acylcholines, C 1-20 alkyl esters thereof (e.g., methyl, isopropyl and t-butyl), and mono- and di-glycerides thereof (i.e., oleate, laurate, caprate, myristate, palmitate, stearate, linoleate, etc.) (see e.g., To,
  • bile salts include any of the naturally occurring components of bile as well as any of their synthetic derivatives.
  • Suitable bile salts include, for example, cholic acid (or its pharmaceutically acceptable sodium salt, sodium cholate), dehydrocholic acid (sodium dehydrocholate), deoxycholic acid (sodium deoxycholate), glucholic acid (sodium glucholate), glycholic acid (sodium glycocholate), glycodeoxycholic acid (sodium glycodeoxycholate), taurocholic acid (sodium taurocholate), taurodeoxycholic acid (sodium taurodeoxycholate), chenodeoxycholic acid (sodium chenodeoxycholate), ursodeoxycholic acid (UDCA), sodium tauro-24,25-dihydro-fusidate (STDHF), sodium glycodihydrofusidate and polyoxyethylene-9-lauryl ether (POE) (see e.g., Malmsten, M.
  • POE polyoxyethylene-9-lauryl ether
  • Chelating agents can be defined as compounds that remove metallic ions from solution by forming complexes therewith, with the result that absorption of iRNAs through the mucosa is enhanced.
  • chelating agents have the added advantage of also serving as DNase inhibitors, as most characterized DNA nucleases require a divalent metal ion for catalysis and are thus inhibited by chelating agents (Jarrett, J. Chromatogr., 1993, 618, 315-339).
  • Suitable chelating agents include but are not limited to disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate (EDTA), citric acid, salicylates (e.g., sodium salicylate, 5-methoxysalicylate and homovanilate), N-acyl derivatives of collagen, laureth-9 and N-amino acyl derivatives of beta-diketones (enamines)(see e.g., Katdare, A.
  • EDTA disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate
  • citric acid e.g., citric acid
  • salicylates e.g., sodium salicylate, 5-methoxysalicylate and homovanilate
  • N-acyl derivatives of collagen e.g., laureth-9 and N-amino acyl derivatives of beta-diketones (enamines)(see e.g., Katdare, A.
  • non-chelating non-surfactant penetration enhancing compounds can be defined as compounds that demonstrate insignificant activity as chelating agents or as surfactants but that nonetheless enhance absorption of iRNAs through the alimentary mucosa (see e.g., Muranishi, Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, 1990, 7, 1-33).
  • This class of penetration enhancers includes, for example, unsaturated cyclic ureas, 1-alkyl- and 1-alkenylazacyclo-alkanone derivatives (Lee et al., Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, 1991, page 92); and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents such as diclofenac sodium, indomethacin and phenylbutazone (Yamashita et al., J. Pharm. Pharmacol., 1987, 39, 621-626).
  • cationic lipids such as lipofectin (Junichi et al, U.S. Pat. No. 5,705,188), cationic glycerol derivatives, and polycationic molecules, such as polylysine (Lollo et al., PCT Application WO 97/30731), are also known to enhance the cellular uptake of dsRNAs.
  • transfection reagents examples include, for example LipofectamineTM (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, Calif.), Lipofectamine2000TM (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, Calif.), 293fectinTM (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, Calif.), CellfectinTM (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, Calif.), DMRIE-CTM (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, Calif.), FreeStyleTM MAX (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, Calif.), LipofectamineTM 2000 CD (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, Calif.), LipofectamineTM (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, Calif.), RNAiMAX (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, Calif.), OligofectamineTM (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, Calif.), OptifectTM (Invitrogen; Carlsbad, Calif.), X-tremeGENE Q2 Transfection Reagent (Roche; Grenzacherstrasse, Switzerland), DOTAP Liposomal Transfection Reagent
  • agents can be utilized to enhance the penetration of the administered nucleic acids, including glycols such as ethylene glycol and propylene glycol, pyrrols such as 2-pyrrol, azones, and terpenes such as limonene and menthone.
  • glycols such as ethylene glycol and propylene glycol
  • pyrrols such as 2-pyrrol
  • azones such as 2-pyrrol
  • terpenes such as limonene and menthone.
  • compositions of the present invention also incorporate carrier compounds in the formulation.
  • carrier compound or “carrier” can refer to a nucleic acid, or analog thereof, which is inert (i.e., does not possess biological activity per se) but is recognized as a nucleic acid by in vivo processes that reduce the bioavailability of a nucleic acid having biological activity by, for example, degrading the biologically active nucleic acid or promoting its removal from circulation.
  • a nucleic acid and a carrier compound can result in a substantial reduction of the amount of nucleic acid recovered in the liver, kidney or other extracirculatory reservoirs, presumably due to competition between the carrier compound and the nucleic acid for a common receptor.
  • the recovery of a partially phosphorothioate dsRNA in hepatic tissue can be reduced when it is coadministered with polyinosinic acid, dextran sulfate, polycytidic acid or 4-acetamido-4′isothiocyano-stilbene-2,2′-disulfonic acid (Miyao et al., DsRNA Res. Dev., 1995, 5, 115-121; Takakura et al., DsRNA & Nucl. Acid Drug Dev., 1996, 6, 177-183.
  • a “pharmaceutical carrier” or “excipient” is a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent, suspending agent or any other pharmacologically inert vehicle for delivering one or more nucleic acids to an animal.
  • the excipient can be liquid or solid and is selected, with the planned manner of administration in mind, so as to provide for the desired bulk, consistency, etc., when combined with a nucleic acid and the other components of a given pharmaceutical composition.
  • Typical pharmaceutical carriers include, but are not limited to, binding agents (e.g., pregelatinized maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, etc.); fillers (e.g., lactose and other sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, pectin, gelatin, calcium sulfate, ethyl cellulose, polyacrylates or calcium hydrogen phosphate, etc.); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc, silica, colloidal silicon dioxide, stearic acid, metallic stearates, hydrogenated vegetable oils, corn starch, polyethylene glycols, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, etc.); disintegrants (e.g., starch, sodium starch glycolate, etc.); and wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate, etc).
  • binding agents e.g., pregelatinized maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropy
  • compositions of the present invention can also be used to formulate the compositions of the present invention.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include, but are not limited to, water, salt solutions, alcohols, polyethylene glycols, gelatin, lactose, amylose, magnesium stearate, talc, silicic acid, viscous paraffin, hydroxymethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone and the like.
  • Formulations for topical administration of nucleic acids can include sterile and non-sterile aqueous solutions, non-aqueous solutions in common solvents such as alcohols, or solutions of the nucleic acids in liquid or solid oil bases.
  • the solutions can also contain buffers, diluents and other suitable additives.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic excipients suitable for non-parenteral administration which do not deleteriously react with nucleic acids can be used.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include, but are not limited to, water, salt solutions, alcohol, polyethylene glycols, gelatin, lactose, amylose, magnesium stearate, talc, silicic acid, viscous paraffin, hydroxymethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone and the like.
  • compositions of the present invention can additionally contain other adjunct components conventionally found in pharmaceutical compositions, at their art-established usage levels.
  • the compositions can contain additional, compatible, pharmaceutically-active materials such as, for example, antipruritics, astringents, local anesthetics or anti-inflammatory agents, or can contain additional materials useful in physically formulating various dosage forms of the compositions of the present invention, such as dyes, flavoring agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opacifiers, thickening agents and stabilizers.
  • additional materials useful in physically formulating various dosage forms of the compositions of the present invention such as dyes, flavoring agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opacifiers, thickening agents and stabilizers.
  • such materials when added, should not unduly interfere with the biological activities of the components of the compositions of the present invention.
  • the formulations can be sterilized and, if desired, mixed with auxiliary agents, e.g., lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, colorings, flavorings and/or aromatic substances and the like which do not deleteriously interact with the nucleic acid(s) of the formulation.
  • auxiliary agents e.g., lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers, colorings, flavorings and/or aromatic substances and the like which do not deleteriously interact with the nucleic acid(s) of the formulation.
  • Aqueous suspensions can contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension including, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol and/or dextran.
  • the suspension can also contain stabilizers.
  • compositions featured in the invention include (a) one or more iRNA compounds and (b) one or more agents which function by a non-RNAi mechanism and which are useful in treating a hemolytic disorder.
  • agents include, but are not limited to an anti-inflammatory agent, anti-steatosis agent, anti-viral, and/or anti-fibrosis agent.
  • other substances commonly used to protect the liver such as silymarin, can also be used in conjunction with the iRNAs described herein.
  • Other agents useful for treating liver diseases include telbivudine, entecavir, and protease inhibitors such as telaprevir and other disclosed, for example, in Tung et al., U.S. Application Publication Nos. 2005/0148548, 2004/0167116, and 2003/0144217; and in Hale et al., U.S. Application Publication No. 2004/0127488.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
  • the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50.
  • Compounds that exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred.
  • the data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans.
  • the dosage of compositions featured herein in the invention lies generally within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity.
  • the dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
  • a dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range of the compound or, when appropriate, of the polypeptide product of a target sequence (e.g., achieving a decreased concentration of the polypeptide) that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture.
  • a target sequence e.g., achieving a decreased concentration of the polypeptide
  • the IC50 i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms
  • levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
  • the iRNAs featured in the invention can be administered in combination with other known agents effective in treatment of pathological processes mediated by PCSK9 expression.
  • the administering physician can adjust the amount and timing of iRNA administration on the basis of results observed using standard measures of efficacy known in the art or described herein.
  • kits for using any of the iRNA agents and/or performing any of the methods of the invention include one or more RNAi agent(s) and instructions for use, e.g., instructions for inhibiting expression of a PCSK9 in a cell by contacting the cell with the RNAi agent(s) in an amount effective to inhibit expression of the PCSK9.
  • the kits may optionally further comprise means for contacting the cell with the RNAi agent (e.g., an injection device), or means for measuring the inhibition of PCSK9 (e.g., means for measuring the inhibition of PCSK9 mRNA protein).
  • Such means for measuring the inhibition of PCSK9 may comprise a means for obtaining a sample from a subject, such as, e.g., a plasma sample.
  • the kits of the invention may optionally further comprise means for administering the RNAi agent(s) to a subject or means for determining the therapeutically effective or prophylactically effective amount.
  • siRNA duplexes targeting nucleotides 3544-3623 of the human PCSK9 gene were designed, synthesized. These same sequences were also synthesized with various nucleotide modifications and conjugated with a trivalent GalNAc. The sense and antisense strand sequences of the modified duplexes are shown in Table 1.
  • nucleotide(s) A Adenosine-3′-phosphate Ab beta-L-adenosine-3′-phosphate Af 2′-fluoroadenosine-3′-phosphate Afs 2′-fluoroadenosine-3′-phosphorothioate As adenosine-3′-phosphorothioate C cytidine-3′-phosphate Cb beta-L-cytidine-3′-phosphate Cf 2′-fluorocytidine-3′-phosphate Cfs 2′-fluorocytidine-3′-phosphorothioate Cs cytidine-3′-phosphorothioate G guanosine-3′-phosphate Gb beta-L-guanosine-3′-phosphate Gbs beta-L-guanosine-3′-phosphorothioate Gf 2′-fluoroguanosine-3′-
  • RNAi Double-Stranded Ribonucleic Acid
  • SAD single ascending dose
  • MAD multi-ascending dose
  • Subjects in the multiple administration arm of the study were administered a single 125 mg fixed dose of AD-60212 once every week for four weeks (125 mg qW ⁇ 4), or a single 250 mg fixed dose of AD-60212 once every two weeks for one month (250 mg q2W ⁇ 2), or a single 300 mg fixed dose of AD-60212 once every month for two months (300 mg qM ⁇ 2) without statin therapy, or a single 300 mg fixed dose of AD-60212 once every month for two months (300 mg qM ⁇ 2) with statin therapy, or a single 500 mg fixed dose of AD-60212 once every month for two months (500 mg qM ⁇ 2) without statin therapy, or a single 500 mg fixed dose of AD-60212 once every month for two months (500 mg qM ⁇ 2) with statin therapy.
  • Plasma PCSK9 protein levels were determined using an ELISA assay and serum LDL-C levels were determined directly by ⁇ -quantification (Medpace Reference Laboratories, Leuven, Belgium). The levels of total cholesterol, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C), non-HDL-C (total cholesterol minus HDL-C), apolipoprotein B, lipoprotein (a) and triglyceride were also determined.
  • HDL-C high-density lipoprotein cholesterol
  • non-HDL-C total cholesterol minus HDL-C
  • apolipoprotein B lipoprotein
  • triglyceride were also determined.
  • the cohort demographics and the baseline characteristics of the subjects in the SAD phase of the study are provided in Table 2A and the cohort demographics and the baseline characteristics of the subjects in the MAD phase of the study are provided in Table 2B.
  • the unmodified sense and antisense sequences of AD-60212 are:
  • Sense- (SEQ ID NO: 686) 5′-CUAGACCUGUTUUGCUUUUGU-3′; and Antisense- (SEQ ID NO: 685) 5′-ACAAAAGCAAAACAGGUCUAGAA-3′.
  • AD-60212 The modified sense and antisense sequences of AD-60212 are:
  • Sense- (SEQ ID NO: 687) 5′-csusagacCfuGfudTuugcuuuugu-3′; and Antisense- (SEQ ID NO: 688) 5′-asCfsaAfAfAfgCfaAfaAfcAfgGfuCfuagsasa-3′.
  • AD-60212 was well tolerated at all dose levels in the SAD phase and there were no treatment discontinuations due to adverse events (AEs) and no serious AEs were reported.
  • the knockdown of PCSK9 protein levels in the single dose cohort is shown in FIG. 1
  • the lowering of LDL-C levels in the single dose cohort is shown in FIG. 2
  • Table 3 provides the mean (SD) percent change from baseline in the protein level of PCSK9, the level of LDL-C, the level of total cholesterol, the level of HDL-C, the level of non-HDL-C, the level of apolipoprotein B, the level of triglycerides, and the level of apolipoprotein a at days 84 and 180 post-dose in the SAD phase.
  • AD-60212 was also well tolerated at all dose levels in the MAD phase and there were no treatment discontinuations due to adverse events (AEs) and no serious AEs were reported.
  • the knockdown of PCSK9 protein levels in the multiple dose cohort is shown in FIG. 3
  • the lowering of LDL-C levels in the multiple dose cohort is shown in FIG. 4
  • Table 4 provides the mean (SD) percent change from baseline in the protein level of PCSK9, the level of LDL-C, the level of total cholesterol, the level of HDL-C, the level of non-HDL-C, the level of apolipoprotein B, the level of triglycerides, and the level of apolipoprotein a at days 84 and 180 post-dose in the SAD phase.
  • LDL-C reduction was independent of baseline LDL-C levels and similar with and without statin co-therapy.
  • the maximum individual LDL-C reduction was 83% (500 mg QM ⁇ 2 co-administered with statin, day 29).
  • the mean maximal percent reduction in LDL-C was 64% with a LSM reduction of 60% observed in the cohort receiving the 300-mg dose without statin. LDL-C lowering in all MD cohorts persisted for at least 6 months.
  • AD-60212 targeting PCSK9 to reduce LDL-C levels was well tolerated in single doses of 25 to 800 mg, and in MD regimens of 2-4 doses totaling 500-1000 mg over a 28-day period.
US15/895,023 2015-08-25 2018-02-13 Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (pcsk9) gene-associated disorder Abandoned US20180187198A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/895,023 US20180187198A1 (en) 2015-08-25 2018-02-13 Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (pcsk9) gene-associated disorder
US16/744,689 US10851377B2 (en) 2015-08-25 2020-01-16 Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (PCSK9) gene-associated disorder
US16/929,470 US20210163951A1 (en) 2015-08-25 2020-07-15 Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (pcsk9) gene-associated disorder
US17/709,539 US20230104125A1 (en) 2015-08-25 2022-03-31 Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (pcsk9) gene-associated disorder

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201562209526P 2015-08-25 2015-08-25
PCT/US2016/048666 WO2017035340A1 (en) 2015-08-25 2016-08-25 Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (pcsk9) gene-associated disorder
US15/895,023 US20180187198A1 (en) 2015-08-25 2018-02-13 Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (pcsk9) gene-associated disorder

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2016/048666 Continuation WO2017035340A1 (en) 2015-08-25 2016-08-25 Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (pcsk9) gene-associated disorder

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/744,689 Continuation US10851377B2 (en) 2015-08-25 2020-01-16 Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (PCSK9) gene-associated disorder

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20180187198A1 true US20180187198A1 (en) 2018-07-05

Family

ID=56855841

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/895,023 Abandoned US20180187198A1 (en) 2015-08-25 2018-02-13 Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (pcsk9) gene-associated disorder
US16/744,689 Active US10851377B2 (en) 2015-08-25 2020-01-16 Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (PCSK9) gene-associated disorder
US16/929,470 Abandoned US20210163951A1 (en) 2015-08-25 2020-07-15 Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (pcsk9) gene-associated disorder
US17/709,539 Abandoned US20230104125A1 (en) 2015-08-25 2022-03-31 Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (pcsk9) gene-associated disorder

Family Applications After (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/744,689 Active US10851377B2 (en) 2015-08-25 2020-01-16 Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (PCSK9) gene-associated disorder
US16/929,470 Abandoned US20210163951A1 (en) 2015-08-25 2020-07-15 Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (pcsk9) gene-associated disorder
US17/709,539 Abandoned US20230104125A1 (en) 2015-08-25 2022-03-31 Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (pcsk9) gene-associated disorder

Country Status (12)

Country Link
US (4) US20180187198A1 (ru)
EP (1) EP3340994A1 (ru)
JP (3) JP6941598B2 (ru)
KR (1) KR20180054640A (ru)
CN (4) CN114668774A (ru)
AU (2) AU2016310494B2 (ru)
CA (1) CA2996701A1 (ru)
EA (1) EA201890571A1 (ru)
HK (1) HK1257523A1 (ru)
IL (3) IL310959A (ru)
MX (2) MX2018002158A (ru)
WO (1) WO2017035340A1 (ru)

Families Citing this family (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2744987C (en) 2008-12-02 2018-01-16 Chiralgen, Ltd. Method for the synthesis of phosphorus atom modified nucleic acids
BR112012000828A8 (pt) 2009-07-06 2017-10-10 Ontorii Inc Novas pró-drogas de ácido nucleico e métodos de uso das mesmas
US10428019B2 (en) 2010-09-24 2019-10-01 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Chiral auxiliaries
RU2014105311A (ru) 2011-07-19 2015-08-27 Уэйв Лайф Сайенсес Пте. Лтд. Способы синтеза функционализованных нуклеиновых кислот
JP6268157B2 (ja) 2012-07-13 2018-01-24 株式会社Ｗａｖｅ Ｌｉｆｅ Ｓｃｉｅｎｃｅｓ Ｊａｐａｎ 不斉補助基
SG10201912895PA (en) 2012-07-13 2020-02-27 Wave Life Sciences Ltd Chiral control
LT2929031T (lt) 2012-12-05 2018-02-12 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pcsk9 irna kompozicijos ir jų naudojimo būdai
JPWO2015108047A1 (ja) 2014-01-15 2017-03-23 株式会社新日本科学 免疫誘導活性を有するキラル核酸アジュバンド及び免疫誘導活性剤
WO2015108048A1 (ja) 2014-01-15 2015-07-23 株式会社新日本科学 抗腫瘍作用を有するキラル核酸アジュバンド及び抗腫瘍剤
KR102423317B1 (ko) 2014-01-16 2022-07-22 웨이브 라이프 사이언시스 리미티드 키랄 디자인
MX2018002158A (es) 2015-08-25 2018-07-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Mí‰TODOS Y COMPOSICIONES PARA TRATAR UN TRASTORNO ASOCIADO A GEN DE PROPROTEINA CONVERTASA SUBTILISINA KEXINA (PCSK9).
CN110944675A (zh) 2017-12-01 2020-03-31 苏州瑞博生物技术有限公司 一种核酸、含有该核酸的组合物与缀合物及制备方法和用途
WO2019105414A1 (zh) 2017-12-01 2019-06-06 苏州瑞博生物技术有限公司 一种核酸、含有该核酸的组合物与缀合物及制备方法和用途
WO2019105419A1 (zh) 2017-12-01 2019-06-06 苏州瑞博生物技术有限公司 一种核酸、含有该核酸的组合物与缀合物及制备方法和用途
US11492620B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2022-11-08 Suzhou Ribo Life Science Co., Ltd. Double-stranded oligonucleotide, composition and conjugate comprising double-stranded oligonucleotide, preparation method thereof and use thereof
AU2018394875B2 (en) 2017-12-29 2023-08-03 Suzhou Ribo Life Science Co., Ltd. Conjugates and preparation and use thereof
EP3842534A4 (en) 2018-08-21 2022-07-06 Suzhou Ribo Life Science Co., Ltd. NUCLEIC ACID, COMPOSITION AND CONJUGATE CONTAINING NUCLEIC ACID AND METHOD OF USE THEREOF
EP3862024A4 (en) 2018-09-30 2022-08-17 Suzhou Ribo Life Science Co., Ltd. SHORT INTERFERENT RNA CONJUGATE, METHOD FOR PREPARATION AND USE THEREOF
JP2022533841A (ja) * 2019-05-22 2022-07-26 スーチョウ リボ ライフ サイエンス カンパニー、リミテッド 核酸、薬物組成物及び複合体ならびに調製方法と使用
CA3167849A1 (en) 2020-03-16 2021-09-23 Daniel Mitchell Antagonist of pcsk9
WO2023017004A1 (en) * 2021-08-09 2023-02-16 Cargene Therapeutics Pte. Ltd. Inhibitory nucleic acids for pcsk9
WO2023198201A1 (zh) * 2022-04-14 2023-10-19 苏州瑞博生物技术股份有限公司 适配体、缀合物与组合物及制备方法和用途
CN117384907B (zh) * 2023-12-11 2024-03-29 上海鼎新基因科技有限公司 抑制PCSK9表达的siRNA分子及其应用

Family Cites Families (232)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6054299A (en) 1994-04-29 2000-04-25 Conrad; Charles A. Stem-loop cloning vector and method
US6379957B1 (en) 1998-09-21 2002-04-30 Leslie A. Johnston-Dow Methods for HIV sequencing and genotyping
US6271359B1 (en) 1999-04-14 2001-08-07 Musc Foundation For Research Development Tissue-specific and pathogen-specific toxic agents and ribozymes
DE10100586C1 (de) 2001-01-09 2002-04-11 Ribopharma Ag Verfahren zur Hemmung der Expression eines Ziegens
US7491805B2 (en) 2001-05-18 2009-02-17 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Conjugates and compositions for cellular delivery
US8202979B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2012-06-19 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid
US20050182008A1 (en) 2000-02-11 2005-08-18 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of NOGO and NOGO receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US8273866B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2012-09-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (SINA)
US20050032733A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-02-10 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (SiNA)
US7833992B2 (en) 2001-05-18 2010-11-16 Merck Sharpe & Dohme Conjugates and compositions for cellular delivery
US20060247194A1 (en) 2000-08-30 2006-11-02 Sirna Therapeutics , Inc. Rna interference mediated treatment of alzheimer's disease using short interfering nucleic acid (sina)
US20050209179A1 (en) 2000-08-30 2005-09-22 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated treatment of Alzheimer's disease using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
GB2375646A (en) 2001-05-16 2002-11-20 Monox Ltd Safety module for fuel-burning appliance, and appliance using such a safety module
US20050159380A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-07-21 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of angiopoietin gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050191618A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-09-01 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050287128A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-12-29 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of TGF-beta and TGF-beta receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
EP1627061B1 (en) 2001-05-18 2009-08-12 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF GENE EXPRESSION USING CHEMICALLY MODIFIED SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US20080161256A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2008-07-03 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050137155A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-06-23 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated treatment of Parkinson disease using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050164966A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-07-28 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of type 1 insulin-like growth factor receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050176664A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-08-11 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of cholinergic muscarinic receptor (CHRM3) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050159381A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-07-21 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of chromosome translocation gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20070179104A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2007-08-02 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of winged helix nude (WHN) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050203040A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-09-15 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of vascular cell adhesion molecule (VCAM) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20060211642A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2006-09-21 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA inteference mediated inhibition of hepatitis C virus (HVC) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050176025A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-08-11 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of B-cell CLL/Lymphoma-2 (BCL-2) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050239731A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-10-27 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of MAP kinase gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050222066A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-10-06 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of vascular endothelial growth factor and vascular endothelial growth factor receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050124567A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-06-09 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of TRPM7 gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050176666A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-08-11 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of GPRA and AAA1 gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US9994853B2 (en) 2001-05-18 2018-06-12 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Chemically modified multifunctional short interfering nucleic acid molecules that mediate RNA interference
US20060217331A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2006-09-28 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Chemically modified double stranded nucleic acid molecules that mediate RNA interference
US20050079610A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-04-14 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of Fos gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050196765A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-09-08 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of checkpoint Kinase-1 (CHK-1) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050119212A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-06-02 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of FAS and FASL gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050196767A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-09-08 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of GRB2 associated binding protein (GAB2) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acis (siNA)
US20050233996A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2005-10-20 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of hairless (HR) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20090299045A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2009-12-03 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA Interference Mediated Inhibition Of Interleukin and Interleukin Gene Expression Using Short Interfering Nucleic Acid (siNA)
US20060142225A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2006-06-29 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of cyclin dependent kinase-2 (CDK2) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050182007A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-08-18 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of interleukin and interleukin receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (SINA)
US20050148530A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2005-07-07 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of vascular endothelial growth factor and vascular endothelial growth factor receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050260620A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-11-24 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of retinolblastoma (RBI) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050256068A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-11-17 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of stearoyl-CoA desaturase (SCD) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050159382A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-07-21 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of polycomb group protein EZH2 gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20070093437A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2007-04-26 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Rna interference mediated inhibition of xiap gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (sina)
US20050159379A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-07-21 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc RNA interference mediated inhibition of gastric inhibitory polypeptide (GIP) and gastric inhibitory polypeptide receptor (GIPR) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050119211A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-06-02 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA mediated inhibition connexin gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050136436A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-06-23 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of G72 and D-amino acid oxidase (DAAO) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
WO2005007855A2 (en) 2003-07-14 2005-01-27 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF B7-H1 GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US20050288242A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-12-29 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of RAS gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20060287267A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2006-12-21 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050159376A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2005-07-21 Slrna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition 5-alpha reductase and androgen receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050277133A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-12-15 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated treatment of polyglutamine (polyQ) repeat expansion diseases using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050209180A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-09-22 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of hepatitis C virus (HCV) expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20070032441A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2007-02-08 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Rna interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (sina)
US20070270579A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2007-11-22 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050182009A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-08-18 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of NF-Kappa B / REL-A gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050267058A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-12-01 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of placental growth factor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (sINA)
WO2005014811A2 (en) 2003-08-08 2005-02-17 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF XIAP GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US20080188430A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2008-08-07 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of hypoxia inducible factor 1 (HIF1) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050277608A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-12-15 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibtion of vitamin D receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050233997A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-10-20 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of matrix metalloproteinase 13 (MMP13) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US7517864B2 (en) 2001-05-18 2009-04-14 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of vascular endothelial growth factor and vascular endothelial growth factor receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050233344A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-10-20 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of platelet derived growth factor (PDGF) and platelet derived growth factor receptor (PDGFR) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20070042983A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2007-02-22 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050282188A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-12-22 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050227936A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-10-13 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of TGF-beta and TGF-beta receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050159378A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-07-21 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of Myc and/or Myb gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20060148743A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2006-07-06 Vasant Jadhav RNA interference mediated inhibition of histone deacetylase (HDAC) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050171040A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-08-04 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CEPT) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050153914A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-07-14 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of MDR P-glycoprotein gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050153916A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-07-14 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of telomerase gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050124569A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-06-09 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of CXCR4 gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20060276422A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2006-12-07 Nassim Usman RNA interference mediated inhibition of B7-H1 gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050124568A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-06-09 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of acetyl-CoA-carboxylase gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050170371A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-08-04 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of 5-alpha reductase and androgen receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050164224A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-07-28 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of cyclin D1 gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050227935A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-10-13 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of TNF and TNF receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050176024A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-08-11 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050143333A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-06-30 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of interleukin and interleukin receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (SINA)
US20050187174A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-08-25 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of intercellular adhesion molecule (ICAM) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20080249040A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2008-10-09 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of sterol regulatory element binding protein 1 (SREBP1) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050124566A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-06-09 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of myostatin gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20070173473A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2007-07-26 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of proprotein convertase subtilisin Kexin 9 (PCSK9) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20060019913A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2006-01-26 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibtion of protein tyrosine phosphatase-1B (PTP-1B) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20070049543A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2007-03-01 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of 11 beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase-1 (11 beta-HSD-1) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid siNA
US20050158735A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-07-21 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of proliferating cell nuclear antigen (PCNA) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050164968A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-07-28 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of ADAM33 gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050130181A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-06-16 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of wingless gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050196781A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-09-08 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of STAT3 gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20060241075A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2006-10-26 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of desmoglein gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050176663A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-08-11 Sima Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of protein tyrosine phosphatase type IVA (PRL3) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050176665A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-08-11 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of hairless (HR) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050182006A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-08-18 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc RNA interference mediated inhibition of protein kinase C alpha (PKC-alpha) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20060142226A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2006-06-29 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050070497A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-03-31 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibtion of tyrosine phosphatase-1B (PTP-1B) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050261219A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-11-24 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of interleukin and interleukin receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20060019917A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2006-01-26 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of stromal cell-derived factor-1 (SDF-1) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20050164967A1 (en) 2001-05-18 2005-07-28 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of platelet-derived endothelial cell growth factor (ECGF1) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US8008472B2 (en) 2001-05-29 2011-08-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA interference mediated inhibition of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
EP1298125A1 (en) 2001-09-26 2003-04-02 Aventis Pharma S.A. Substituted benzimidazole compounds and their use for the treatment of cancer
US7700760B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2010-04-20 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of vascular cell adhesion molecule (VCAM) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US7897752B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2011-03-01 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of telomerase gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US8258288B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2012-09-04 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US7683165B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2010-03-23 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of interleukin and interleukin receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20090137507A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2009-05-28 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF ANGIOPOIETIN GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US20090137510A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2009-05-28 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF NF-KAPPA B/ REL-A GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US20050137153A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2005-06-23 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of alpha-1 antitrypsin (AAT) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US8067575B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2011-11-29 Merck, Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA interference mediated inhibition of cyclin D1 gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US7910724B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2011-03-22 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of Fos gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20090253773A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2009-10-08 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF TNF AND TNF RECEPTOR GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US7935812B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2011-05-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA interference mediated inhibition of hepatitis C virus (HCV) expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US7928219B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2011-04-19 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA interference mediated inhibition of placental growth factor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (SINA)
US20090253774A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2009-10-08 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF PLATELET DERIVED GROWTH FACTOR (PDGF) AND PLATELET DERIVED GROWTH FACTOR RECEPTOR (PDGFR) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US7662952B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2010-02-16 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of GRB2 associated binding protein (GAB2) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20100240730A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2010-09-23 Merck Sharp And Dohme Corp. RNA Interference Mediated Inhibition of Gene Expression Using Chemically Modified Short Interfering Nucleic Acid (siNA)
US7893248B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2011-02-22 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of Myc and/or Myb gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US7928220B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2011-04-19 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA interference mediated inhibition of stromal cell-derived factor-1 (SDF-1) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20090099117A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2009-04-16 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF MYOSTATIN GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US7897753B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2011-03-01 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of XIAP gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US7667029B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2010-02-23 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of checkpoint kinase-1 (CHK-1) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20090093439A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2009-04-09 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF CHROMOSOME TRANSLOCATION GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US7683166B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2010-03-23 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of interleukin and interleukin receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US8013143B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2011-09-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA interference mediated inhibition of CXCR4 gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US7691999B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2010-04-06 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of NOGO and NOGO receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20090306182A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2009-12-10 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF MAP KINASE GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US20050222064A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2005-10-06 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Polycationic compositions for cellular delivery of polynucleotides
US20090137513A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2009-05-28 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA Interference Mediated Inhibition of Acetyl-CoA-Carboxylase Gene Expression Using Short Interfering Nucleic Acid (siNA)
US7667030B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2010-02-23 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of matrix metalloproteinase 13 (MMP13) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US7897757B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2011-03-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA interference mediated inhibition of protein tyrosine phosphatase-1B (PTP-1B) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US7928218B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2011-04-19 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. RNA interference mediated inhibition of polycomb group protein EZH2 gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US20090137509A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2009-05-28 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF PROLIFERATION CELL NUCLEAR ANTIGEN (PCNA) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US20090192105A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2009-07-30 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF INTERCELLULAR ADHESION MOLECULE (ICAM) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCELIC ACID (siNA)
US7678897B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2010-03-16 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of platelet-derived endothelial cell growth factor (ECGF1) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
US6649638B1 (en) 2002-08-14 2003-11-18 Ppd Discovery, Inc. Prenylation inhibitors and methods of their synthesis and use
FR2844591B1 (fr) 2002-09-13 2005-04-15 Arvinmeritor Light Vehicle Sys Dispositif de determination du deplacement d'un arbre
US7977471B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2011-07-12 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting TNFα
US7781575B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2010-08-24 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting tumor protein 53 (p53)
US20090030190A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2009-01-29 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting 1-acylglycerol-3-phosphate O-acyltransferase 2 (AGPAT2)
WO2006006948A2 (en) 2002-11-14 2006-01-19 Dharmacon, Inc. METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR SELECTING siRNA OF IMPROVED FUNCTIONALITY
US9839649B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2017-12-12 Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. Methods and compositions for selecting siRNA of improved functionality
US8198427B1 (en) 2002-11-14 2012-06-12 Dharmacon, Inc. SiRNA targeting catenin, beta-1 (CTNNB1)
EP2314691A3 (en) 2002-11-14 2012-01-18 Dharmacon, Inc. Fuctional and hyperfunctional siRNA
US20090043084A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2009-02-12 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting minichromosome maintenance deficient 3 (MCM3)
US8937172B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2015-01-20 Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. siRNA targeting catenin, beta-1 (CTNNB1)
US9771586B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2017-09-26 Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. RNAi targeting ZNF205
US7619081B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2009-11-17 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting coatomer protein complex, subunit beta 2 (COPB2)
US7582747B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2009-09-01 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting inner centromere protein antigens (INCENP)
US9719094B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2017-08-01 Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. RNAi targeting SEC61G
US9228186B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2016-01-05 Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. Methods and compositions for selecting siRNA of improved functionality
US7951935B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2011-05-31 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting v-myc myelocytomatosis viral oncogene homolog (MYC)
US7612196B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2009-11-03 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor 1B (p27, Kip1) (CDKN1B)
US20090227780A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2009-09-10 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting connexin 43
US20090023907A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2009-01-22 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting kinesin spindle protein (KSP)
US20090005548A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2009-01-01 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting nuclear receptor interacting protein 1 (NRIP1)
US9719092B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2017-08-01 Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. RNAi targeting CNTD2
US20080268457A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2008-10-30 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting forkhead box P3 (FOXP3)
US20080161547A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2008-07-03 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting serine/threonine protein kinase AKT
US20090023908A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2009-01-22 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting ribosomal protein S2 (RPS2)
US7691998B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2010-04-06 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting nucleoporin 62kDa (Nup62)
US20080221316A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2008-09-11 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting ethanolamine Kinase I1 (EKI1)
US10011836B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2018-07-03 Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. Methods and compositions for selecting siRNA of improved functionality
US20100113307A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2010-05-06 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF)
US20090182134A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2009-07-16 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting phosphatases
US20090005547A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2009-01-01 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNa targeting neuropilin 1 (NRP1)
US9879266B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2018-01-30 Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. Methods and compositions for selecting siRNA of improved functionality
US20080207884A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2008-08-28 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting 5-aminoimidazole-4-carboxamide ribonucleotide formyltransferase/IMP cyclohydrolase (ATIC)
US7592442B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2009-09-22 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting ribonucleotide reductase M2 polypeptide (RRM2 or RNR-R2)
US7635770B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2009-12-22 Dharmacon, Inc. siRNA targeting protein kinase N-3 (PKN-3)
EP1471152A1 (en) 2003-04-25 2004-10-27 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm) Mutations in the human PCSK9 gene associated to hypercholesterolemia
WO2004110167A2 (en) 2003-06-09 2004-12-23 Magiccom, Inc. Edible novelty products
CA2528963A1 (en) 2003-06-27 2005-01-13 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Rna interference mediated treatment of alzheimer's disease using short interfering nucleic acid (sina)
KR100500579B1 (ko) 2003-06-28 2005-07-12 한국과학기술원 씨모스 게이트 산화물 안티퓨즈를 이용한 3-트랜지스터한번 프로그램 가능한 롬
ITRM20030329A1 (it) 2003-07-07 2005-01-08 Micron Technology Inc Cella "famos" senza precarica e circuito latch in un
EP1644500A2 (en) 2003-07-09 2006-04-12 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Polycationic compositions for cellular delivery of polynucleotides
WO2005007859A2 (en) 2003-07-11 2005-01-27 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF ACETYL-COA CARBOXYLASE GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
KR100546342B1 (ko) 2003-07-12 2006-01-26 삼성전자주식회사 반복적으로 배치되는 프리-디코딩된 신호선들의레이아웃을 개선시키는 로우 디코더 구조, 이를 구비한반도체 메모리 장치, 및 그 방법
US6919690B2 (en) 2003-07-22 2005-07-19 Veeco Instruments, Inc. Modular uniform gas distribution system in an ion source
US6854364B1 (en) 2003-08-04 2005-02-15 James Tassano Screw hook socket
US20050028649A1 (en) 2003-08-06 2005-02-10 Dan Settanni Box wrench with hinged socket
CA2437525C (en) 2003-08-15 2007-01-09 Mvp (H.K.) Industries Limited Jacks having a detachable rear-end handle
WO2005035759A2 (en) 2003-08-20 2005-04-21 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF HYPOXIA INDUCIBLE FACTOR 1 (HIF1) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US6989051B2 (en) 2003-08-25 2006-01-24 Delphi Technologies, Inc. Portable air filtration system
US7008469B2 (en) 2003-08-25 2006-03-07 Delphi Technologies, Inc. Portable air filtration system utilizing a conductive coating and a filter for use therein
US6890372B2 (en) 2003-08-27 2005-05-10 Dionex Corporation Denuder assembly for collection and removal of soluble atmospheric gases
US20050044981A1 (en) 2003-08-29 2005-03-03 Yuan-Hsin Huang Clipping cover for the assembling of a bicycle handle accessories
US7022165B2 (en) 2003-08-29 2006-04-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Tubular hydrogen permeable metal foil membrane and method of fabrication
US20050045041A1 (en) 2003-08-29 2005-03-03 Hechinger Glenn R. Removable cartridge for swing-type adsorption system
US7132011B2 (en) 2003-09-02 2006-11-07 Entegris, Inc. Reactive gas filter
WO2005028059A2 (en) 2003-09-02 2005-03-31 Airsep Corporation Sound enclosure for portable oxygen concentrators
US20050045038A1 (en) 2003-09-03 2005-03-03 Ping Huang Frame structure of an electrostatic precipitator
US8079374B2 (en) 2003-09-15 2011-12-20 Ranir, Llc Dental flosser with bendable head
EP1670915A2 (en) 2003-09-16 2006-06-21 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF HEPATITIS C VIRUS (HCV) EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2005045032A2 (en) 2003-10-20 2005-05-19 Sima Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF EARLY GROWTH RESPONSE GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2005045037A2 (en) 2003-10-23 2005-05-19 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF 5-ALPHA REDUCTASE AND ANDROGEN RECEPTOR GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
EP1694838A2 (en) 2003-10-23 2006-08-30 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF GPRA AND AAA1 GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US20070185043A1 (en) 2003-10-23 2007-08-09 Sima Therapeutics, Inc. Rna interference mediated inhibition of nogo and nogo receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (sina)
WO2005045035A2 (en) 2003-10-23 2005-05-19 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF NOGO AND NOGO RECEPTOR GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2005045039A2 (en) 2003-10-23 2005-05-19 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF INTERCELLULAR ADHESION MOLECULE (ICAM) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
EP1675948A2 (en) 2003-10-23 2006-07-05 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED TREATMENT OF PARKINSON DISEASE USING SHORT INTERERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US20050105995A1 (en) 2003-11-13 2005-05-19 Vantage Mobility International, Llc Internal lift for light duty motor vehicle
US20100145038A1 (en) 2003-11-24 2010-06-10 Merck & Co., Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
WO2005105995A2 (en) 2004-04-14 2005-11-10 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED TREATMENT OF POLYGLUTAMINE (POLYQ) REPEAT EXPANSION DISEASES USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
US7150970B2 (en) 2004-08-02 2006-12-19 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Methods of inhibiting VEGF-C
US20110313024A1 (en) 2004-08-20 2011-12-22 Leonid Beigelman RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF PROPROTEIN CONVERTASE SUBTILISIN KEXIN 9 (PCSK9) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
DK1866414T3 (da) 2005-03-31 2012-04-23 Calando Pharmaceuticals Inc Inhibitorer af ribonukleotidreduktase-underenhed 2 og anvendelser deraf.
BRPI0616600A2 (pt) * 2005-08-31 2011-06-28 Centocor Inc linhagens de célula hospedeira para produção de região constante de anticorpo com função efetora aumentada
JP2009521472A (ja) * 2005-12-22 2009-06-04 シェーリング コーポレイション 心肺手術の合併症の予防としてのトロンビンレセプターアンタゴニスト
US20100148013A1 (en) 2005-12-23 2010-06-17 General Electric Company System and method for optical locomotive decoupling detection
SG170780A1 (en) 2006-03-31 2011-05-30 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of eg5 gene
ES2874149T3 (es) 2006-05-11 2021-11-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Composiciones y métodos para inhibir la expresión del gen PCSK9
EP2052079A2 (en) 2006-07-17 2009-04-29 Sirna Therapeutics Inc. Rna interference mediated inhibition of proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin 9 (pcsk9) gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (sina)
EP2102340A2 (en) 2006-11-27 2009-09-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating hypercholesterolemia
US8093222B2 (en) 2006-11-27 2012-01-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating hypercholesterolemia
WO2009082607A2 (en) 2007-12-04 2009-07-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeting lipids
CN101493631B (zh) 2008-01-24 2012-01-25 鸿富锦精密工业（深圳）有限公司 机械快门及使用该机械快门的相机模组
EP2245039A4 (en) 2008-01-31 2012-06-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc OPTIMIZED METHODS FOR EXPORING DSRNA TO TARGET THE PCSK9 GEN
CN104651408A (zh) 2009-06-15 2015-05-27 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 靶向pcsk9基因的脂质配制的dsrna
WO2011028938A1 (en) * 2009-09-02 2011-03-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for lowering serum cholestrol in a subject using inhibition of pcsk9
US8562589B2 (en) 2009-12-24 2013-10-22 Rani Therapeutics, Llc Swallowable drug delivery device and method of delivery
US8529306B2 (en) 2010-09-07 2013-09-10 Aaron Leland Baldwin Device for pedal powering a watercraft
JP2013545736A (ja) 2010-10-29 2013-12-26 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Ｐｃｓｋ９遺伝子の阻害のための組成物および方法
US20130074974A1 (en) 2011-09-26 2013-03-28 Phillip W. Murchie Ductwork stiffener
KR20220045091A (ko) 2011-11-18 2022-04-12 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 트랜스티레틴（ＴＴＲ） 관련 질병을 치료하기 위한 ＲＮＡｉ 제제, 조성 및 그의 사용방법
EA201490993A1 (ru) 2011-11-18 2014-09-30 Элнилэм Фармасьютикалз, Инк. МОДИФИЦИРОВАННЫЕ СРЕДСТВА РНКи
LT2929031T (lt) * 2012-12-05 2018-02-12 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pcsk9 irna kompozicijos ir jų naudojimo būdai
US9513606B1 (en) 2013-04-05 2016-12-06 The Boeing Company Safety systems and methods for production environments
US10077444B2 (en) * 2013-10-02 2018-09-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the LECT2 gene
EA201691039A1 (ru) * 2013-11-20 2016-11-30 Саймабэй Терапьютикс, Инк. Лечение гомозиготной семейной гиперхолестеринемии
KR102403371B1 (ko) 2015-08-03 2022-05-30 삼성전자주식회사 생체 상태를 판단하는 방법 및 장치
MX2018002158A (es) 2015-08-25 2018-07-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Mí‰TODOS Y COMPOSICIONES PARA TRATAR UN TRASTORNO ASOCIADO A GEN DE PROPROTEINA CONVERTASA SUBTILISINA KEXINA (PCSK9).
AU2017346879B2 (en) 2016-10-18 2023-11-30 Novartis Ag Methods for preventing cardiovascular events through proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin 9 (PCSK9) protein reduction

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
IL257486A (en) 2018-06-28
CN108348541A (zh) 2018-07-31
US20230104125A1 (en) 2023-04-06
IL293355A (en) 2022-07-01
JP2023134489A (ja) 2023-09-27
CN114939124A (zh) 2022-08-26
JP2022000433A (ja) 2022-01-04
WO2017035340A1 (en) 2017-03-02
IL310959A (en) 2024-04-01
US20210163951A1 (en) 2021-06-03
EA201890571A1 (ru) 2018-10-31
IL293355B1 (en) 2024-03-01
KR20180054640A (ko) 2018-05-24
AU2022228147A1 (en) 2022-11-17
JP6941598B2 (ja) 2021-09-29
CN114668774A (zh) 2022-06-28
US20200140871A1 (en) 2020-05-07
MX2023000251A (es) 2023-02-13
AU2016310494B2 (en) 2022-06-09
JP7301921B2 (ja) 2023-07-03
EP3340994A1 (en) 2018-07-04
JP2018525416A (ja) 2018-09-06
HK1257523A1 (zh) 2019-10-25
AU2016310494A1 (en) 2018-03-08
WO2017035340A9 (en) 2017-04-27
MX2018002158A (es) 2018-07-06
CA2996701A1 (en) 2017-03-02
IL257486B (en) 2022-07-01
US10851377B2 (en) 2020-12-01
CN114469984A (zh) 2022-05-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10851377B2 (en) Methods and compositions for treating a proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin (PCSK9) gene-associated disorder
US11198872B2 (en) Angiopoietin-like 3 (ANGPTL3) iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
US11142766B2 (en) Apolipoprotein C3 (APOC3) iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
US20210228614A1 (en) LACTATE DEHYDROGENASE A (LDHA) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
US20220267767A1 (en) METHODS FOR TREATING OR PREVENTING CONTACT-ACTIVATION PATHWAY-ASSOCIATED DISEASES USING iRNA COMPOSITIONS TARGETING FACTOR XII (HAGEMAN FACTOR) (F12)
US20200308588A1 (en) High mobility group box-1 (hmgb1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EA040631B1 (ru) Способы и композиции для лечения нарушения, ассоциированного с геном пропротеинконвертазы субтилизин/кексинового типа (pcsk9)

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: ALNYLAM PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:FITZGERALD, KEVIN;REEL/FRAME:044990/0041

Effective date: 20151002

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NOTICE OF ALLOWANCE MAILED -- APPLICATION RECEIVED IN OFFICE OF PUBLICATIONS

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO PAY ISSUE FEE